<PAGE> 1
================================================================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
|X| QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
|_| TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM ________ TO ________
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 0-9207
HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
DELAWARE 95-2841597
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Identification No.)
5605 N. MACARTHUR BLVD., SUITE 400 75038
IRVING, TEXAS (Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code (972) 753-6900
INDICATE BY CHECK MARK WHETHER THE REGISTRANT (1) HAS FILED ALL
REPORTS REQUIRED TO BE FILED BY SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934 DURING THE PRECEDING 12 MONTHS (OR FOR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD THAT THE
REGISTRANT WAS REQUIRED TO FILE SUCH REPORTS), AND (2) HAS BEEN SUBJECT TO SUCH
FILING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PAST 90 DAYS. YES [X] NO [ ]
The number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share,
outstanding as of August 1, 1997 was 115,585,483.
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION
INDEX TO QUARTERLY REPORT
JUNE 30, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1. Condensed Financial Statements
Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets................................. 4
Consolidated Condensed Statements of Operations....................... 5
Consolidated Condensed Statements of Stockholders' Equity............. 6
Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flow........................ 7
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements.................. 8
Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations............................................. 18
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
Notes Concerning Other Information.................................... 25
SIGNATURES ...................................................................... 28
</TABLE>
2
<PAGE> 3
PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION
3
<PAGE> 4
ITEM 1. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
(unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
1996 1997
------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and temporary investments ................................ $ 9,855,000 $ 22,624,000
Cash in European segregated accounts .......................... 37,662,000 86,872,000
Accounts receivable, net ...................................... 2,058,000 1,946,000
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..................... 263,000 430,000
------------- -------------
Total Current Assets ..................................... 49,838,000 111,872,000
Property and Equipment, net ........................................ 70,035,000 81,052,000
Other Assets, net .................................................. 3,127,000 6,990,000
------------- -------------
$ 123,000,000 $ 199,914,000
============= =============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Trade payables ................................................ $ 1,272,000 $ 1,746,000
Accrued liabilities and other ................................. 3,889,000 4,056,000
Revenues and royalties payable ................................ 900,000 736,000
------------- -------------
Total Current Liabilities ................................ 6,061,000 6,538,000
European Convertible Notes Payable ................................. 38,600,000 89,300,000
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 9)
Stockholders' Equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized;
93,862,266 and 105,358,246 shares issued, respectively .... 939,000 1,054,000
Additional paid-in capital .................................... 171,191,000 195,292,000
Retained deficit .............................................. (92,401,000) (92,270,000)
Treasury stock, 440,896 shares held at December 31, 1996 ...... (1,390,000) --
------------- -------------
Total Stockholders' Equity ............................... 78,339,000 104,076,000
------------- -------------
$ 123,000,000 $ 199,914,000
============= =============
</TABLE>
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these Statements.
4
<PAGE> 5
HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, JUNE 30,
--------------------------- ----------------------------
1996 1997 1996 1997
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Oil and gas operations ................. $ 2,388,000 $ 3,164,000 $ 4,385,000 $ 6,844,000
Interest and other income .............. 202,000 863,000 546,000 1,434,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
2,590,000 4,027,000 4,931,000 8,278,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Costs and Expenses:
Oil and gas operating expenses ......... 840,000 1,247,000 1,600,000 2,486,000
General and administrative
expenses, net ...................... 980,000 1,166,000 1,797,000 2,500,000
Depreciation and amortization .......... 629,000 1,239,000 1,256,000 2,330,000
Interest expense and other, net ........ 73,000 329,000 506,000 848,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
2,522,000 3,981,000 5,159,000 8,164,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Income (loss) before income taxes ... 68,000 46,000 (228,000) 114,000
Income tax expense .......................... -- -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net income (loss) ................... $ 68,000 $ 46,000 $ (228,000) $ 114,000
============ ============ ============ ============
Income (loss) per common share:
Net income (loss) ................... $ 0.00 $ 0.00 $ (0.00) $ 0.00
============ ============ ============ ============
Weighted average shares outstanding ......... 82,048,561 107,666,856 77,836,034 103,668,547
============ ============ ============ ============
</TABLE>
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these Statements.
5
<PAGE> 6
HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ADDITIONAL
COMMON PAID-IN RETAINED
STOCK CAPITAL DEFICIT TREASURY STOCK
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, December 31, 1995 .............. $ 759,000 $136,435,000 $(92,047,000) $ (4,997,000)
Issuance of common stock, net ......... 90,000 22,090,000 -- 3,607,000
Conversions of European notes payable . 90,000 12,666,000 -- --
Equity adjustment from foreign currency
translation ...................... -- -- (13,000) --
Net loss .............................. -- -- (341,000) --
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Balance, December 31, 1996 .............. 939,000 171,191,000 (92,401,000) (1,390,000)
Issuance of common stock, net ......... 41,000 7,551,000 -- --
Conversions of European notes payable . 74,000 16,550,000 -- 1,390,000
Equity adjustment from foreign currency
translation ...................... -- -- 17,000 --
Net income ............................ -- -- 114,000 --
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Balance, June 30, 1997 .................. $ 1,054,000 $195,292,000 $(92,270,000) $ --
============ ============ ============ ============
</TABLE>
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these Statements.
6
<PAGE> 7
HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
----------------------------
1996 1997
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss) .......................................................... $ (228,000) $ 114,000
Adjustment to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization ......................................... 1,256,000 2,330,000
Loss on sales of assets and other ..................................... 19,000 --
Accretion of note payable ............................................. 234,000 --
Amortization of European note issuance costs .......................... 178,000 246,000
Change in assets and liabilities:
Decrease in accounts receivable ....................................... (81,000) 112,000
Decrease in trade payables and other .................................. (420,000) (223,000)
------------ ------------
Net cash provided by operating activities ........................ 958,000 2,579,000
------------ ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sales of assets ......................................... 177,000 6,000
Investor advances ..................................................... 2,250,000 3,779,000
Capital expenditures, net ............................................. (3,945,000) (11,143,000)
------------ ------------
Net cash used in investing activities ............................ (1,518,000) (7,358,000)
------------ ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Transfer from segregated account cash ................................. 10,000,000 15,302,000
Proceeds from issuances of common stock, net of issuance costs ........ 2,492,000 2,224,000
Repayments of notes payable and long-term obligations ................. (1,258,000) --
Investment in segregated account cash, net ............................ (242,000) 22,000
------------ ------------
Net cash provided by financing activities ........................ 10,992,000 17,548,000
------------ ------------
Net increase in cash and temporary investments ............................... 10,432,000 12,769,000
Cash and temporary investments at beginning of period ........................ 4,456,000 9,855,000
------------ ------------
Cash and temporary investments at end of period .............................. $ 14,888,000 $ 22,624,000
============ ============
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: Cash paid during the period
for:
Interest ................................................................ $ 203,000 $ 2,000
Income taxes ............................................................ -- --
</TABLE>
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these Statements.
7
<PAGE> 8
HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
(unaudited)
(1) MANAGEMENT'S REPRESENTATIONS
In the opinion of Harken Energy Corporation ("Harken"), the
accompanying unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements contain all
adjustments necessary to present fairly its financial position as of December
31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 and the results of its operations and changes in its
cash flows for all periods presented as of June 30, 1996 and 1997. These
adjustments represent normal recurring items.
The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been
prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC"). Certain information and note disclosures normally included
in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to these rules
and regulations, although Harken believes that the disclosures made are
adequate to make the information presented not misleading. It is suggested that
these condensed financial statements be read in conjunction with the financial
statements and the notes thereto included in Harken's Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1996.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reported period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
The results of operations for the six month period ended June 30, 1997
are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.
(2) ACQUISITIONS
Acquisition of EnerVest Properties -- On July 10, 1996 Harken, along
with Harken Exploration, a wholly-owned subsidiary, purchased working interests
in certain producing oil and gas properties located in the Magnolia region of
Arkansas and in the Carlsbad region of New Mexico (the "EnerVest Properties")
from EnerVest Acquisition-II Limited Partnership ("EnerVest"). The purchase
price of approximately $15,200,000, plus the assumption of certain operational
liabilities relating to these properties, was paid in the form of $5,000,000
cash paid at closing, 1,550,000 shares of Harken common stock which were issued
following closing, and 1,400,000 shares of Harken common stock which were
issued in March 1997. Harken also issued to EnerVest warrants to purchase, over
a period of three years from closing, 300,000 restricted shares of Harken
common stock at an exercise price of $2.75 per share.
Acquisition of Additional Four Corners Property Interests -- During
the second quarter of 1996, Harken acquired additional interests in its oil and
gas operations in the Four Corners area of Arizona, Utah and New Mexico (the
"Four Corners Properties") which resulted in Harken increasing its ownership in
the Navajo Reservation reserves, exploration acreage, development drilling
locations and the Aneth Gas Plant. The acquisition of the sellers' interest
raised Harken's total interest in the Four Corners Properties from
8
<PAGE> 9
approximately 82% to approximately 94% of Harken's total operated interest. The
consideration consisted of $338,000 cash plus the issuance of approximately
509,000 shares of restricted Harken common stock. Harken also assumed certain
liabilities of the seller relating to the property interests. On June 30, 1997,
Harken acquired the remaining operating interest in the Four Corners Properties
for approximately $450,000 cash. Harken also assumed certain liabilities of the
seller relating to the property interests.
(3) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
A summary of property and equipment follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, June 30,
1996 1997
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Unevaluated oil and gas properties--
Unevaluated international properties $ 3,656,000 $ 8,000,000
Unevaluated domestic properties 6,610,000 6,696,000
Evaluated oil and gas properties--
Evaluated international properties 5,802,000 12,402,000
Evaluated domestic properties 60,188,000 62,094,000
Gas plant and other property 7,500,000 7,934,000
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization (13,721,000) (16,074,000)
------------ ------------
$ 70,035,000 $ 81,052,000
============ ============
</TABLE>
(4) COLOMBIAN OPERATIONS
Alcaravan Contract -- During the third quarter of 1992, Harken de
Colombia, Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Harken, was awarded the exclusive
right to explore for, develop and produce oil and gas throughout the Alcaravan
area of Colombia. The Alcaravan area is located in Colombia's Llanos Basin and
is located approximately 140 miles east of Santafe De Bogota. Harken and
Empresa Colombiana de Petroleos ("Ecopetrol") have entered into an Association
Contract (the "Alcaravan Contract") which currently requires Harken to conduct
a seismic and exploratory drilling program on approximately 210,000 acres in
the Alcaravan area during the initial six years of the Alcaravan Contract. At
the end of each of the first six years of the Alcaravan Contract, Harken has
the option to withdraw from the Alcaravan Contract or to commit to the next
year's work requirements. If during the initial six years of the Alcaravan
Contract, Harken discovers one or more fields capable of producing oil or gas
in quantities that are economically exploitable and Ecopetrol agrees that such
field is economically exploitable (a "commercial discovery"), the term of the
Alcaravan Contract will be extended for a period of 22 years from the date of
such commercial discovery. Harken has completed all work requirements for the
first three years of the Alcaravan Contract.
Upon a discovery of a field capable of commercial production, and upon
commencement of production from that commercial field, Ecopetrol will reimburse
Harken for 50% of Harken's successful well costs expended up to the point of
declaration of a commercial discovery. Production from the field following a
commercial discovery will be allocated as follows: Ecopetrol, on behalf of the
Colombian government, will
9
<PAGE> 10
receive a 20% royalty interest in all production and all production (after
royalty payments) will be allocated 50% to Ecopetrol and 50% to Harken until
cumulative production in such field reaches 60 million barrels of oil, after
which Ecopetrol's share of production will progressively increase and Harken's
share will progressively decrease until cumulative production from the field
reaches 150 million barrels of oil, and thereafter all production will be
allocated 70% to Ecopetrol and 30% to Harken. If more than one commercially
declared field is discovered on the Alcaravan area, the production sharing
percentages applicable to the field with the greatest cumulative production
will be applied to all fields within the Alcaravan area. After declaration of a
commercial discovery, Harken and Ecopetrol will be responsible for all future
development costs and operating expenses in direct proportion to their interest
in production.
Harken spudded the Estero #1 exploratory well located on the Palo
Blanco prospect within the Alcaravan area in early February 1997, and drilled
to a depth of 8,608 feet to test the Carbonera, Mirador, Guadalupe, Gacheta and
Ubaque formations. Initial production testing of the Ubaque formation of the
Estero #1 well, produced with an electric submersible pump, indicated a rate of
4,116 barrels of oil per day. This production rate was limited by the capacity
of the submersible pump and surface storage facilities at the location. Harken
is currently investigating potential methods to efficiently produce this field,
including possible pipeline connections and trucking arrangements.
Harken de Colombia, Ltd. has entered into an operating agreement (the
"Rochester Agreement") with Rochester Energy Corporation ("Rochester", a
Canadian corporation) pursuant to which Rochester has paid 331/3% of the
aggregate costs of the Estero #1 well, and 25% of the aggregate costs related
to the second well to be drilled on the Palo Blanco prospect, the Estero #2,
and the initial well to be drilled on the Anteojos prospect, the Canacabare #1.
In exchange, Rochester, upon its full performance, will acquire a beneficial
interest equal to 25% of the interest held by Harken de Colombia, Ltd. in these
wells. The Estero #2 well and the Canacabare #1 well are scheduled to begin
drilling during the fourth quarter of 1997 or early 1998.
Harken de Colombia, Ltd., has entered into a financing agreement ("the
Parkcrest Financing Agreement") with Parkcrest Explorations, Ltd. ("Parkcrest",
a Canadian corporation) which covers the Palo Blanco prospect, and includes
options on additional prospects, all located within the Alcaravan Contract
area. Under the terms of the Parkcrest Financing Agreement, Parkcrest paid a
project fee of $250,000 to Harken and prepaid 331/3% of the estimated drilling
and completion costs of the Estero #1 well and committed to pay 25% of the
aggregate costs of the Estero #2 well to be drilled on the Palo Blanco prospect
in exchange for a beneficial interest equal to 25% of the interest held by
Harken de Colombia, Ltd. in these wells.
Bocachico Contract -- In January 1994, Harken de Colombia, Ltd. signed
its second Association Contract (the "Bocachico Contract") with Ecopetrol,
covering the Bocachico Contract area. Under the Bocachico Contract, Harken has
acquired the exclusive rights to conduct exploration activities and drilling on
this area, which covers approximately 192,000 acres in the Middle Magdalena
Valley of Central Colombia. During the initial six year term of the Bocachico
Contract, if Harken makes a commercial discovery on one or more prospect areas
in the contract area, the contract covering such prospect area(s) will be
further extended for a period of 22 years from the date of any commercial
discovery of oil and/or gas. The production sharing arrangements under the
Bocachico Contract are substantially similar to those under the Alcaravan
Contract.
During the first year of the Bocachico Contract, Harken conducted
seismic activities on the lands covered by this contract. During each of the
second through the sixth contract years, Harken may elect to
10
<PAGE> 11
continue the contract by committing to the drilling of at least one exploratory
well during each contract year. Harken has completed all work requirements for
the first three years of the Bocachico Contract.
Harken spudded its first well on this Bocachico Contract area, named
the Torcaz #2 well, in July 1996. This well was completed and initially tested
at the rate of 635 barrels per day. Harken encountered numerous mechanical
problems with the down-hole submersible electric pump compounded by apparent
reservoir formation damage which may have occurred in the completion process.
Harken is currently carrying out recompletion efforts on this well.
In late April 1997, Harken began drilling operations on the Torcaz #3
well, located on the Rio Negro prospect in the Bocachico Contract area. This
well initially tested at a rate of 643 barrels per day. In July 1997, Harken
also submitted its notification to Ecopetrol to extend the Bocachico Contract
into its fourth contractual year by committing to drill the third exploratory
well covering the Bocachico Contract area. Harken has further currently
identified eight additional potential well locations and has filed applications
for environmental permits on two additional well locations within the Bocachico
Contract area. In July 1997, Harken announced plans to acquire approximately
500 kilometers of new seismic data to further evaluate portions of both the
Bocachico and Cambulos Contract areas.
In October 1995, Harken entered into a Development Finance Agreement
(the "Rio Negro Development Finance Agreement") with Arbco Associates L.P.,
Offense Group Associates L.P., Kayne Anderson Nontraditional Investments L.P.
and Opportunity Associates L.P. (collectively, the "Rio Negro Investors"),
pursuant to which the Rio Negro Investors agreed to provide up to $3,500,000 to
Harken to finance drilling on the Rio Negro prospect in the Bocachico Contract
area in exchange for the right to receive future payments from Harken equal to
40% of the net profits that Harken de Colombia, Ltd. may derive from the sale
of oil and gas produced from the Rio Negro prospect (the "Participation").
In March 1997, Harken and the Rio Negro Investors entered into a
Conversion Agreement whereby Harken purchased 75% of the Participation relating
to the Rio Negro Development Finance Agreement in exchange for 900,000
restricted shares of Harken common stock which were issued within 30 days
following closing. From the remaining 25% of the Participation retained, the
Rio Negro Investors have the right to receive 10% of the net profits that
Harken de Colombia, Ltd., may derive from the sale of oil and gas produced from
the Rio Negro prospect.
Cambulos Contract -- In September 1995, Harken de Colombia, Ltd.
signed an additional Association Contract (the "Cambulos Contract") with
Ecopetrol, covering the Cambulos Contract area. Under the Cambulos Contract,
Harken has acquired the exclusive rights to conduct exploration activities in
the Cambulos Contract area, which covers approximately 300,000 acres in the
Middle Magdalena Valley of Central Colombia.
During the first two years of the Cambulos Contract, Harken is
required to conduct geologic studies on the lands covered by this contract,
including reprocessing of at least 400 kilometers of existing seismic data and
the acquisition of at least 90 kilometers of new seismic data. As of June 30,
1997, Harken has completed a preliminary environmental study for the Cambulos
Contract area and is currently conducting the obligatory work program required
during the first two years of the Cambulos Association contract. During each of
the third through the sixth contract years, Harken may elect to continue the
contract by committing to the drilling of at least one exploratory well during
each contract year.
11
<PAGE> 12
If during the initial six years of the Cambulos Contract, Harken
discovers a field capable of commercial production of oil or gas, the term of
the Cambulos Contract will be extended for a period of 22 years from the date
of such commercial discovery. Upon a commercial discovery and at the initiation
of production from the commercial field, Harken will be reimbursed by Ecopetrol
for 50% of all seismic costs and dry well costs incurred prior to the point at
which a declaration of a commercial discovery is made in addition to being
reimbursed for 50% of its successful direct exploratory well costs expended up
to the point of declaration of a commercial discovery. Production from a
commercial discovery will be allocated as follows: Ecopetrol, on behalf of the
Colombian government, will receive a 20% royalty interest in all production,
and all production (after royalty payments) will be allocated 50% to Ecopetrol
and 50% to Harken until cumulative production from all fields in the Cambulos
acreage reaches 60 million barrels of oil, after which Ecopetrol's share of
production will increase progressively to 75% and Harken's share will decrease
progressively to 25% determined by a formula based on Harken's recovery of its
total expenditures under the Cambulos Contract. After a declaration of a
commercial discovery, Harken and Ecopetrol will be responsible for all future
development costs and operating expenses in direct proportion to their interest
in production.
In July 1997, Harken announced plans to acquire approximately 500
kilometers of new seismic data to further evaluate portions of both the
Bocachico and Cambulos Contract areas.
Bolivar Contract -- In May 1996, Harken de Colombia, Ltd. signed an
additional Association Contract (the "Bolivar Contract") with Ecopetrol,
covering the Bolivar Contract area. Under the Bolivar Contract, Harken has
acquired the exclusive rights to conduct exploration activities in the Bolivar
Contract area, which covers approximately 250,000 acres in the Northern Middle
Magdalena Valley of Central Colombia.
During the first two years of the Bolivar Contract, Harken's work
program will consist of preparing an engineering study of the Buturama and
Totumal fields located on and adjacent to this acreage, the reprocessing of 350
kilometers of existing seismic data and the acquisition of 100 kilometers of
new seismic data on this contract area. During each of the third through the
sixth contract years, Harken may elect to continue the contract by committing
to the drilling of at least one exploratory well during each contract year. The
production sharing arrangements under the Bolivar Contract are substantially
similar to those under the Cambulos Contract.
Harken plans to horizontally drill a three well exploratory program on
the Bolivar Contract area in which Harken intends to keep 100% of the ownership
interest. Subject to receipt of all necessary permits, Harken intends to drill
its first exploratory well on the Bolivar Contract area in the third quarter of
1997.
(5) EUROPEAN CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE
8% European Notes -- During the second quarter of 1995, Harken issued
to qualified purchasers a total of $15 million in 8% Senior Convertible Notes
(the "8% European Notes") which were to mature in May 1998. Interest on these
notes was payable semi-annually in May and November of each year to maturity or
until the 8% European Notes were converted. Such 8% European Notes were
convertible at any time by the holders into shares of Harken common stock at a
conversion price of $1.50 per share ("the 8% European Note Conversion Price").
In connection with the sale and issuance of the 8% European Notes, Harken paid
approximately $1,750,000 from the 8% European Note proceeds for commissions and
issuance costs. Between September 30, 1995 and July 31, 1996, all holders of
these 8% European Notes exercised
12
<PAGE> 13
their conversion options and Harken issued an aggregate total of 9,999,975
shares of Harken common stock pursuant to these conversions.
6 1/2% European Notes -- On July 30, 1996, Harken issued to qualified
purchasers a total of $40 million in 6 1/2% Senior Convertible Notes (the "6
1/2% European Notes") which were to mature on July 30, 2000. In connection with
the sale and issuance of the 6 1/2% European Notes, Harken paid approximately
$3,142,000 from the 6 1/2% European Note proceeds for commissions and issuance
costs. Interest incurred on these notes was payable semi-annually in January
and July of each year to maturity or until the 6 1/2% European Notes were
converted. Such 6 1/2% European Notes were convertible at any time by the
holders into shares of Harken common stock at a conversion price of $2.50 per
share ("the 6 1/2% European Note Conversion Price"). The 6 1/2% European Notes
were also convertible by Harken into shares of Harken common stock after one
year following issuance, if for any period of thirty consecutive days
commending on or after November 28, 1996, the closing price of Harken common
stock for each trading day during such period shall have equaled or exceeded
135% of the 6 1/2% European Note Conversion Price (or $3.375 per share of
Harken common stock).
During the last half of 1996, holders of 6 1/2% European Notes
totaling $1,400,000 exercised their conversion option and such holders were
issued 560,000 shares of Harken common stock. During the first six months of
1997, holders of 6 1/2% European Notes totaling $19,300,000 exercised their
conversion option and such holders were issued 7,720,000 shares of Harken
common stock. In February 1997, Harken gave notice as required under the Trust
Indenture that it had met the market price criteria necessary to call for
mandatory conversion of the 6 1/2% European Notes and on June 2, 1997 formally
called the 6 1/2% European Notes for conversion on July 31, 1997. On July 31,
1997, Harken converted the remaining 6 1/2% European Notes into 7,720,000
shares of Harken common stock.
5 1/2% European Notes -- On June 11, 1997, Harken issued to qualified
purchasers a total of $70 million in 5 1/2% Senior Convertible Notes ( the "5
1/2% European Notes") which mature on June 10, 2002. In connection with the
sale and issuance of the 5 1/2% European Notes, Harken paid approximately
$5,174,000 from the 5 1/2% European Notes proceeds for commissions and issuance
costs. Interest incurred on these notes is payable semi-annually in June and
December of each year to maturity or until the 5 1/2% European Notes are
converted. Such 5 1/2% European Notes are convertible into shares of Harken
common stock at an initial conversion price of $5.00 per share, subject to
adjustment in certain circumstances ("the 5 1/2% European Note Conversion
Price"). A five percent premium on the number of shares of Harken common stock
issuable on conversion will be payable to holders converting the 5 1/2%
European Notes prior to December 11, 1997. The 5 1/2% European Notes are also
convertible by Harken into shares of Harken common stock after one year
following issuance, if for any period of thirty consecutive days commencing on
or after June 11, 1997, the average of the closing prices of Harken common
stock for each trading day during such thirty day period shall have equaled or
exceeded 130% of the 5 1/2% European Note Conversion Price (or $6.50 per share
of Harken common stock). As of August 1, 1997, holders of 5 1/2% European Notes
totaling $6,730,000 have exercised their conversion option and such holders
were issued 1,413,000 shares of Harken common stock. The 5 1/2% European Notes
are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
Upon closing, all proceeds from the sale of each of the European Notes
issuances were each initially paid to a Trustee under the terms of a Trust
Indenture covering each issue and held in separate interest bearing Trust
accounts (the "Segregated Accounts") to be maintained for Harken's benefit,
until the Trustee is presented with evidence of sufficient asset value, as
defined in the Trust Indenture, held by Harken to permit an advance of a
portion of the proceeds. Until all of the 5 1/2% European Notes are converted,
Harken
13
<PAGE> 14
must maintain an Asset Value Coverage Ratio equal to or greater than 1:1 which
is calculated as the ratio of (i) the sum of (x) 100% of the aggregate amount
of Harken's cash on deposit in the Segregated Accounts plus (y) 50% of the net
present value of Harken's domestic unencumbered total proved reserves plus (z)
25% of the net present value of Harken's Colombian total proved reserves to
(ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 5 1/2% European Notes.
Upon a conversion, any proceeds attributable to the 5 1/2% European Notes
converted which remain in the Segregated Accounts may be withdrawn by Harken
without regard to the asset value then existing.
The 5 1/2% European Notes were sold strictly to non-U.S. purchasers in
the form of bearer instruments in $10,000 and $50,000 increments. The 5 1/2%
European Notes and the Harken common stock issuable upon conversion of the 5
1/2% European Notes have been or will be issued without registration under the
United States Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") pursuant to an
exemption contained in Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
Commissions and issuance costs associated with the European Notes are
deferred and are included in Other Assets and are amortized to interest expense
over the period until conversion or maturity of the European Notes. As European
Notes are converted to Harken common stock, a pro-rata portion of these
deferred costs are charged to Additional Paid-In Capital.
All Segregated Account cash related to the 6 1/2% European Notes is
reflected as a current asset at December 31, 1996, and June 30, 1997 as Harken
had the intent and ability to convert all outstanding 6 1/2% European Notes to
Harken common stock prior to December 31, 1997. During March 1997, Harken
transferred approximately $15.3 million of 6 1/2% European Note proceeds from
the Segregated Accounts to Harken's operating cash account due to the
conversions of the 6 1/2% European Notes. The initial cash proceeds from the
issuance of the European Notes are not included in the Statement of Cash Flows
because the proceeds are not considered to be cash equivalents. Transfers of
proceeds from the Segregated Accounts are included in cash flows from financing
activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows.
(6) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common Stock -- Harken currently has authorized 150,000,000 shares of
$.01 par common stock. At December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, Harken had
issued 93,862,266 and 105,358,246 shares, respectively. Harken held 400,896
shares as treasury stock at a cost of $1,390,000 at December 31, 1996.
Acquisition of Additional Four Corners Property Interests -- In April
1996, Harken acquired an additional interest in the Four Corners Properties in
exchange for, among other consideration, 509,000 restricted shares of Harken
common stock. See Note 2 -- Acquisitions for further discussion.
Issuance of European Convertible Notes Payable -- At December 31,
1995, $2,450,000 of the 8% European Notes had been converted into 1,633,327
shares of Harken common stock. In 1996, all of the remaining outstanding 8%
European Notes were converted into 8,366,648 additional shares of Harken common
stock. In connection with the issuance of the 8% European Notes, Harken issued
to the placement agents for the 8% European Notes warrants to purchase one
million shares of Harken common stock at any time on or before May 11, 1999 at
an exercise price of $1.50 per share. As of July 31, 1997 all but approximately
37,000 of these warrants had been exercised for shares of Harken common stock.
14
<PAGE> 15
In July 1996, Harken issued to qualified purchasers a total of $40
million in 6 1/2% European Notes which were to mature on July 30, 2000. The 6
1/2% European Notes were convertible under certain terms into approximately
16,000,000 shares of Harken common stock. During the last half of 1996, holders
of 6 1/2% European Notes totaling $1,400,000 exercised their conversion option
and such holders were issued 560,000 shares of Harken common stock. During the
first six months of 1997, holders of 6 1/2% European Notes totaling an
additional $19,300,000 exercised their conversion option and such holders were
issued 7,720,000 shares of Harken common stock, a portion of which had been
held as treasury shares. In February 1997, Harken gave notice as required under
the Trust Indenture that it had met the market price criteria necessary to call
for mandatory conversion of the 6 1/2% European Notes (see Note 5 -- European
Convertible Notes Payable for further discussion), and on July 31, 1997, Harken
converted the remaining $19,300,000 balance of the 6 1/2% European Notes into
7,720,000 shares of Harken common stock.
In connection with the issuance of the 6 1/2% European Notes, Harken
issued to the placement agents for the 6 1/2% European Notes warrants to
purchase 1,280,000 shares of Harken common stock at any time on or before July
31, 1999 at an exercise price of $2.50 per share. In July 1997, approximately
492,000 of these warrants were exercised for shares of Harken common stock.
In June 1997, Harken issued to qualified purchasers a total of $70
million in 5 1/2% European Notes which mature on June 11, 2002. The 5 1/2%
European Notes are convertible under certain terms into a maximum of
approximately 14,700,000 shares of Harken common stock. In connection with the
issuance of the 5 1/2% European Notes, Harken issued to the placement agents
for the 5 1/2% European Notes warrants to purchase 1,120,000 shares of Harken
common stock at any time after December 11, 1997 and on or before December 11,
1999 at an exercise price of $5.00 per share. As of August 1, 1997, holders of
5 1/2% European Notes totaling $6,730,000 have exercised their conversion
option and such holders were issued 1,413,000 shares of Harken common stock.
Private Placements of Common Stock -- In March 1996, Harken received
$1,289,000 related to the sale of 1,040,000 shares of Harken common stock
previously held as treasury stock. In connection with certain of these
placements, Harken issued to certain financial advisors warrants to purchase an
aggregate total of 410,000 shares of Harken common stock at an average exercise
price of $1.71 per share. During 1997, these warrants were exercised for shares
of Harken common stock.
Acquisition of EnerVest Properties -- On July 10, 1996, Harken
Exploration acquired the EnerVest Properties for a purchase price valued at
approximately $15,200,000 and the assumption of certain operational liabilities
relating to these properties. See Note 2 - Acquisitions for further discussion.
The preliminary purchase price consisted of 1,550,000 in shares of Harken
common stock issued after closing, $5,000,000 in cash payable at closing, and
an additional number of shares of Harken common stock to be issued in the
future subject to certain contingencies. Harken also issued to EnerVest
warrants to purchase, for a period of three years from closing, 300,000
restricted shares of Harken common stock at an exercise price of $2.75 per
share.
In March 1997, Harken and EnerVest entered into a Resolution and
Settlement Agreement whereby in addition to the 1,550,000 shares of Harken
common stock previously issued to EnerVest as discussed above, Harken issued
1,400,000 shares of Harken common stock as final consideration for the purchase
of the EnerVest Properties. As a result of the Resolution and Settlement
Agreement, there are no remaining shares of Harken common stock to be issued
and all adjustments or property defects issues were resolved.
15
<PAGE> 16
Palo Blanco Development Finance Agreements -- In June 1996, Harken,
along with Harken de Colombia, Ltd. entered into separate Development Finance
Agreements with two investors. Under the terms of the agreements, the two
investors agreed to provide an aggregate of $2,500,000 to finance the drilling
of a well on the Palo Blanco prospect in the Alcaravan Association Contract
area. See Note 4 - Colombian Operations for further discussion of the Alcaravan
Association Contract. In return for the $2,500,000, the investors were
initially granted a beneficial interest in 40% of the net profits from the Palo
Blanco prospect which might have been received by Harken de Colombia, Ltd. In
1996, the investors exercised their rights under the agreement to convert
one-half of their beneficial interest into 599,988 shares of restricted Harken
common stock. During the first quarter of 1997, the investors exercised their
right to convert the remaining portion of their beneficial interest into an
additional 599,988 shares of restricted Harken common stock.
Rio Negro Development Finance Agreement -- In March 1997, Harken and
the Rio Negro Investors entered into a Conversion Agreement whereby Harken
purchased 75% of the Participation relating to the Rio Negro Development
Finance Agreement for 900,000 restricted shares of Harken common stock. These
shares were issued in April 1997. See Note 4 - Colombian Operations for further
discussion of the Rio Negro Development Finance Agreement and the Bocachico
Association Contract.
(7) PER SHARE DATA
Per share data is based on the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding during each period. Common stock equivalents, contingently
issuable shares and other potentially dilutive securities are not included in
the computation of earnings per share if the effect of inclusion would be
antidilutive. For purposes of calculating earnings per share, the unconverted
European Convertible Notes discussed above are considered not to be common
stock equivalents.
In March 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 128, "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS
128") which will be adopted in December 1997. Under SFAS 128, weighted average
shares outstanding under basic and diluted earnings per share calculations
would not have been materially different for either the three month or six
month period ended June 30, 1997.
(8) INCOME TAXES
At June 30, 1997, Harken had available for federal income tax
reporting purposes, net operating loss (NOL) carryforward for regular tax
purposes of approximately $67,000,000 which expires in 1997 through 2011,
alternative minimum tax NOL carryforward of approximately $57,000,000 which
expires in 1997 through 2011, investment tax credit carryforward of
approximately $857,000 which expires in 1997 through 2002, statutory depletion
carryforward of approximately $1,800,000 which does not have an expiration
date, and a net capital loss carryforward of approximately $12,400,000 which
expires in 2007 through 2011. Approximately $16,000,000 of the net operating
loss carryforward has been acquired with the purchase of subsidiaries and must
be used to offset future income from profitable operations within those
subsidiaries.
Total deferred tax liabilities, relating primarily to property and
equipment, as of June 30, 1997, computed under the provisions of the Statement
of Financial Accounting Standard No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes", were
approximately $5,440,000. Total deferred tax assets, primarily related to the
net operating loss carryforward, were approximately $22,624,000 at June 30,
1997. The total net deferred tax asset is offset by the valuation allowance of
approximately $17,184,000 at June 30, 1997.
16
<PAGE> 17
(9) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Aneth Gas Plant facility, of which Harken Southwest Corporation
("HSW", a wholly-owned subsidiary) is a co-owner, was in operation for many
years prior to HSW's becoming an owner. The operations at the Aneth Gas Plant
previously used open, unlined drip pits for storage of various waste products.
The present plant owners, including HSW, have replaced all of the open ground
pits currently being used with steel tanks. The plant owners are currently in
the process of closing the open ground pits.
Texaco, the plant's operator, received a letter from the EPA dated
July 21, 1991 and a subsequent letter dated June 8, 1992, in which the EPA
requested certain information in order to determine if there had been at the
Aneth Gas Plant the release of hazardous substances to the environment. Texaco
has advised HSW that certain information was supplied to the EPA pursuant to
this request. Subsequently, core samples in and around certain pit areas were
taken by the EPA and Texaco jointly and a Phase II environmental investigation
was undertaken. A closure plan is currently being negotiated with the EPA.
The prior owner of the Aneth Gas Plant facility, El Paso Natural Gas,
has agreed to accept financial responsibility for a portion of the remediation
work. Texaco and the other current plant owners, including HSW, have entered
into a formal agreement with the prior owner to allocate costs between
remediation work that is mandated by the EPA and other remediation work that is
determined to be carried out by the parties. The prior owner will bear
approximately 86% of the costs of mandated remediation as well as certain other
related expenses. The prior owner will not be responsible for other remediation
work that does not fall within the mandated category. At this time, however, it
is impossible for HSW to accurately estimate the costs of the cleanup at the
Aneth Gas Plant facility or the amount of such total costs the indemnification
from the prior owner will cover for the mandated remediation work. Harken has
accrued a contingency reserve of $239,000 at June 30, 1997 for management's
best estimate of its share of remediation expenditures.
Harken has accrued approximately $1,269,000 at June 30, 1997 relating
to other operational or regulatory contingent liabilities related to Harken's
domestic operations. Harken and its subsidiaries currently are involved in
various lawsuits and other contingencies, including the guarantee of certain
lease obligations of a former subsidiary, which in management's opinion, will
not result in significant loss exposure to Harken.
Search Acquisition Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Harken, has
been named as a defendant in a lawsuit by certain parties. On February 28,
1996, the court granted Search Acquisition's motion for summary judgment.
Petrochemical has appealed the decision of the trial court to the Texas Fifth
District Court of Appeals. Although the ultimate outcome of this litigation is
uncertain, Harken believes that any liability to Harken as a result of this
litigation will not have a material adverse effect on Harken's financial
condition.
The exploration, development and production of oil and gas are subject
to various Navajo, federal and state laws and regulations designed to protect
the environment. Compliance with these regulations is part of Harken's
day-to-day operating procedures. Infrequently, accidental discharge of such
materials as oil, natural gas or drilling fluids can occur and such accidents
can require material expenditures to correct. Harken maintains levels of
insurance customary in the industry to limit its financial exposure. Management
is unaware of any material capital expenditures required for environmental
control during the next fiscal year.
17
<PAGE> 18
ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
Certain statements included in the accompanying condensed financial
statements and in the following discussion and analysis of financial condition
and results of operation, including statements of Harken management's current
expectations, intentions, plans and beliefs, are forward-looking statements, as
defined in Section 21D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and are
dependent on certain events, risks and uncertainties that may be outside of
Harken's control. These forward-looking statements include statements of
management's plans and objectives for Harken's future operations and statements
of future economic performance, information regarding Colombian drilling
schedules, expected or planned production capabilities, Harken's capital budget
and future capital expenditures and the sufficiency and availability of capital
resources needed to fund such future capital expenditures. Actual results and
developments could differ materially from those expressed in or implied by such
statements due to a number of factors, including general economic conditions;
the timing of environmental and other necessary administrative permits; the
impact of the activities of OPEC and other competitors; the impact of possible
geopolitical occurrences world-wide; the results of financing efforts; changes
in laws and regulations; capacity, deliverability and supply constraints or
difficulties; unforeseen engineering and mechanical or technological
difficulties in drilling or working over wells; and other risks described in
Harken's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
OVERVIEW
Harken reported net income for the six months ended June 30, 1997 of
$114,000 compared to a net loss of $228,000 for the prior year period. Total
revenues increased from approximately $4.9 million during the six months ended
June 30, 1996 to approximately $8.3 million for the same period in 1997,
primarily due to an acquisition consummated in July 1996 that increased
Harken's producing properties and oil and gas reserves. Gross profit before
depreciation and amortization, general and administrative and interest expenses
totaled approximately $5.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 1997
compared to approximately $3.3 million for the prior year period. Harken
expects that its monthly operating revenues, expenses and gross profit from oil
and gas operations will remain at current levels during the remainder of 1997
and until such time as it commences production from its Colombian operations.
Internationally, Harken announced in March 1997 that the initial
production testing of the Ubaque formation of the Estero #1 well within the
Palo Blanco prospect of the Alcaravan Contract area which was drilled during
the first quarter of 1997, produced with an electric submersible pump,
indicated a rate of 4,116 barrels of oil per day. This production rate was
limited by the capacity of the submersible pump and surface storage facilities
at the location. In addition, in late April 1997, Harken began drilling
operations on the Torcaz #3 well, located on the Rio Negro prospect of the
Bocachico Contract. Harken announced in July 1997 that the drilling and initial
production testing of the Torcaz #3 well had been completed, with the well
being drilled to a depth of 8,225 feet and on initial tests the well produced
at a rate of 643 barrels per day.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following is management's discussion and analysis of certain
significant factors which have affected Harken's earnings and balance sheet
during the periods included in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements.
18
<PAGE> 19
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, JUNE 30,
--------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
1996 1997 1996 1997
---------------- ----------------- ----------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EXPLORATION AND (UNAUDITED)
PRODUCTION
OPERATIONS
REVENUES
Oil sales revenues $ 1,496,000 $ 1,975,000 $ 2,830,000 $ 4,135,000
Oil volumes in barrels 72,000 106,000 144,000 206,000
Oil price per barrel $ 20.78 $ 18.63 $ 19.65 $ 20.07
Gas sales revenues $ 674,000 $ 1,037,000 $ 1,146,000 $ 2,344,000
Gas volumes in mcf 274,000 474,000 490,000 868,000
Gas price per mcf $ 2.46 $ 2.19 $ 2.34 $ 2.70
Gas plant revenues $ 218,000 $ 152,000 $ 409,000 $ 365,000
OTHER REVENUES
Interest Income $ 202,000 $ 854,000 $ 385,000 $ 1,414,000
Other Income $ -- $ 9,000 $ 161,000 $ 20,000
</TABLE>
For the quarter ended June 30, 1997 compared with the corresponding prior
period.
DOMESTIC OPERATIONS
Gross oil and gas revenues during the second quarter of 1996 and 1997
were generated by Harken's domestic exploration and production operations.
During the second quarter of 1997 these domestic operations consisted primarily
of the operations in the Four Corners area of Utah, Arizona and New Mexico,
primarily on the Navajo Indian Reservation (the "Four Corners Properties"),
onshore South Texas, and in the Western and Panhandle regions of Texas, as well
as Harken's operations in the Magnolia region of Arkansas and the Carlsbad
region of New Mexico, which were acquired as part of the EnerVest Property
purchase in July 1996.
Gross oil revenues increased 32% to $1,975,000 during the second
quarter of 1997 compared to $1,496,000 during the second quarter of 1996
primarily due to the additional production volumes added as a result of the
acquisition of the EnerVest Properties which contributed approximately $779,000
to second quarter 1997 oil revenues. This increase in oil revenues during the
second quarter of 1997 was partially offset by lower prices received per barrel
of oil during the quarter of $18.63 per barrel compared to $20.78 received
during the second quarter of 1996.
Gross gas revenues increased 54% to $1,037,000 for the three months
ended June 30, 1997 compared to $674,000 for the prior year period, due
primarily to the acquisition of the EnerVest Properties consummated in July
1996. The EnerVest Properties contributed approximately $277,000 to second
quarter
19
<PAGE> 20
1997 gas revenues. Harken received a price per mcf of $2.19 during the second
quarter of 1997 compared to $2.46 received per mcf during the prior year
period. Gas produced from the Panhandle Properties, with its associated
products, represented 18% of second quarter 1997 gas production and is sold at
approximately a 60% premium to posted gas prices in the region as a result of
the high BTU content of such gas.
Oil and gas operating expenses consist of lease operating expenses and
gas plant expenses, along with a number of production and reserve based taxes,
including severance taxes, property taxes, Utah conservation taxes and Navajo
severance and possessory interest taxes. The increase in oil and gas operating
expenses during the second quarter of 1997 compared to the prior year period is
primarily a result of the acquisition of the EnerVest Properties, which added
approximately $288,000 to second quarter 1997 oil and gas operating expenses.
INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME
Interest and other income increased during the second quarter of 1997
compared to the prior period due to the inclusion during 1997 of approximately
$492,000 of interest income earned by Harken on proceeds received from the June
1997 issuance of $70 million of 5 1/2% European Notes and the July 1996
issuance of $40 million of 6 1/2% European Notes. Such proceeds, net of
European Notes issuance costs and amounts released and transferred, are
initially maintained and invested in separate interest bearing bank accounts
(the "Segregated Accounts").
OTHER COSTS AND EXPENSES
General and administrative expenses increased from $980,000 for the
second quarter of 1996 to $1,166,000 for the second quarter of 1997, primarily
as a result of increased personnel and office costs associated with the
increased overall operations as well as increased corporate costs. However,
second quarter 1997 general and administrative expenses decreased as a
percentage of oil and gas revenues as compared to the prior year.
Depreciation and amortization expense increased during the second
quarter of 1997 compared to the prior year period consistent with the increased
production levels from the acquired oil and gas property interests during 1996.
Depreciation and amortization on oil and gas properties is calculated on a unit
of production basis in accordance with the full cost method of accounting for
oil and gas properties.
Interest expense and other increased during the second quarter of 1997
compared to the prior year period due to the June 1997 issuance of the 5 1/2%
European Notes and the July 1996 issuance of the 6 1/2% European Notes, which
together generated interest expense of approximately $247,000 net of amounts of
interest capitalized, and approximately $81,000 of net amortization of related
issuance costs. Such amounts were greater than the corresponding costs in 1996
associated with the 8% European Notes.
For the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared with the corresponding prior
period.
Gross oil revenues increased 46% to $4,135,000 during the first six
months of 1997 compared to $2,830,000 during the first six months of 1996
primarily due to the additional production volumes added as a result of the
acquisition of the EnerVest Properties which contributed approximately
$1,585,000 to 1997 oil revenues, and which was partially offset by normal
production declines on Harken's existing properties.
20
<PAGE> 21
In addition, Harken benefited from the overall higher prices received per
barrel of oil, receiving an average of $20.07 per barrel compared to $19.65
from the prior year period.
Gross gas revenues increased 105% to $2,344,000 for the six months
ended June 30, 1997 compared to $1,146,000 for the prior year period, again due
primarily to the acquisition of the EnerVest Properties consummated in July
1996. The EnerVest Properties contributed approximately $622,000 to 1997 gas
revenues. In addition, Harken received an overall average price per mcf of
$2.70 per mcf of gas production during the first six months of 1997 compared to
$2.34 per mcf received during the first half of 1996. Harken also reflected
increased gas production volumes from its South Texas properties during the
first six months of 1997 due to the successful completion of new gas wells
drilled during late 1996 and early 1997.
Oil and gas operating expenses consist of lease operating expenses and
gas plant expenses, along with a number of production and reserve based taxes,
including severance taxes, property taxes, Utah conservation taxes and Navajo
severance and possessory interest taxes. The increase in oil and gas operating
expenses compared to the prior year period is primarily a result of the above
mentioned acquisitions of the EnerVest Properties, which added approximately
$538,000 to the first six months of 1997 oil and gas operating expenses. The
first six months of 1997 oil and gas operating expenses remained flat, however,
as a percentage of oil and gas revenues as compared to the prior year period.
INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME
Interest and other income increased during the first six months of
1997 compared to the prior period due to the inclusion during 1997 of
approximately $905,000 of interest income earned by Harken on proceeds received
from the June 1997 issuance of $70 million of 5 1/2% European Notes and the
July 1996 issuance of $40 million of 6 1/2% European Notes. Such proceeds, net
of European Notes issuance costs and amounts released and transferred, are
initially maintained and invested in separate interest bearing bank accounts
(the "Segregated Accounts").
OTHER COSTS AND EXPENSES
General and administrative expenses increased from $1,797,000 for the
first six months of 1996 to $2,500,000 for the first six months of 1997,
primarily as a result of increased personnel and office costs associated with
the increased overall operations as well as increased corporate costs. However,
the first six months of 1997 general and administrative expenses decreased as a
percentage of oil and gas revenues as compared to the prior year.
Depreciation and amortization expense increased during the first six
months of 1997 compared to the prior year period consistent with the increased
production levels from the acquired oil and gas property interests during 1996.
Depreciation and amortization on oil and gas properties is calculated on a unit
of production basis in accordance with the full cost method of accounting for
oil and gas properties.
Interest expense and other increased during the first half of 1997
compared to the prior year period due to the June 1997 issuance of the 5 1/2%
European Notes and the July 1996 issuance of the 6 1/2% European Notes, which
together generated interest expense of approximately $599,000 net of amounts of
interest capitalized, and approximately $247,000 of net amortization of related
issuance costs. Such amounts were greater than the corresponding costs in 1996
associated with the 8% European Notes.
21
<PAGE> 22
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Harken's working capital increased to approximately $105.3 million at
June 30, 1997 from $43.8 million at December 31, 1996, primarily due to the
June 11, 1997 issuance of 5 1/2% European Notes (see discussion below) which
generated net available proceeds of approximately $65 million which are
classified as a current asset.
During the six months ended June 30, 1997, Harken's cash and temporary
investments increased approximately $12.8 million consisting primarily of
transfers from the 6 1/2% European Notes Segregated Accounts of approximately
$15.3 million following the conversions of a portion of the 6 1/2% European
Notes to Common Stock, proceeds from the exercise of outstanding options and
warrants of approximately $2.2 million, and advances received pursuant to the
Palo Blanco Development Finance Agreement, Parkcrest Agreement and Rochester
Agreement of approximately $3.8 million. Such activity was sufficient to fund
capital expenditures of approximately $11.1 million. Cash flow provided by
operations during the first six months of 1997 totaled approximately $2.6
million.
Harken believes that cash flow from operations will be sufficient to
meet its operating cash requirements in 1997. Harken includes in cash and
temporary investments certain balances which are restricted to use for specific
project expenditures, collateral or for distribution to outside interest owners
and are not available for general working capital purposes.
On June 11, 1997, Harken issued to qualified purchasers a total of $70
million in 5 1/2% Senior Convertible Notes (the "5 1/2% European Notes") which
mature on June 10, 2002. In connection with the sale and issuance of the 5 1/2%
European Notes, Harken paid approximately $5,174,000 from the 5 1/2% European
Notes proceeds for commission and issuance costs. Interest incurred on these
notes is payable semi-annually in June and December of each year to maturity or
until the 5 1/2% European Notes are converted. Such 5 1/2% European Notes are
convertible into shares of Harken common stock at an initial conversion price
of $5.00 per share, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances ("the 5 1/2
% European Note Conversion Price"). A five percent premium on the number of
shares of Harken common stock issuable on conversion will be payable to holders
converting the 5 1/2% European Notes prior to December 11, 1997. The 5 1/2%
European Notes are also convertible by Harken into shares of Harken common
stock after one year following issuance, if for any period of thirty
consecutive days commencing on or after June 11, 1997, the average of the
closing prices of Harken common stock for each trading day during such thirty
day period shall have equaled or exceeded 130% of the 5 1/2% European Note
Conversion Price (or $6.50 per share of Harken common stock). All proceeds from
the sale of the 5 1/2% European Notes were initially paid at closing to a
Trustee pursuant to a Trust Indenture and held in Segregated Accounts to be
maintained for Harken's benefit.
Until the 5 1/2% European Notes mature or are converted, the Trust
Indenture under which the 5 1/2% European Notes were issued requires Harken to
maintain an Asset Value Coverage Ratio, as defined in the Trust Indenture. For
a detailed discussion of the 5 1/2% European Notes see "Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements, Note 5 -- European Convertible Notes Payable." As of June
30, 1997, Harken was in compliance with the Asset Value Coverage Ratio test and
the full amount of net proceeds of the offering (approximately $65 million) was
available.
In order for a specific amount of proceeds to be released from the
Segregated Accounts, Harken must demonstrate that the Asset Value Coverage
Ratio test would continue to be met after such release of funds and that no
Event of Default with respect to the 5 1/2% European Notes has occurred and is
continuing at the
22
<PAGE> 23
date of such release. Such request must be accompanied by an independent
reserve engineering report or other independent third party valuation of
Harken's unencumbered proved developed producing assets.
The anticipated timing at which funds will be released from the
Segregated Accounts is dependent upon the timing and magnitude of conversions
into Common Stock by the individual noteholders and the amount of Harken's
assets which qualify for inclusion in the Asset Value Coverage Ratio test. Once
an amount of proceeds are available to be released from the Segregated
Accounts, Harken may submit its request for the transfer of such proceeds at
its discretion and according to its capital resource requirements.
To the extent that proceeds invested in the Segregated Accounts at the
balance sheet date are available under the above Asset Value Coverage Ratio
limitations, such cash is included as a current asset as it is available to
Harken to fund international and domestic activities including acquisitions,
drilling costs and other capital expenditures or other working capital needs.
Interest incurred on the 5 1/2% European Notes is payable semi-annually in June
and December of each year to maturity or until the 5 1/2% European Notes are
converted. Interest payments will be funded from cash flow from operations,
existing cash balances or from available proceeds in the Segregated Accounts.
In February 1997, Harken gave notice as required under the Trust
Indenture that it had met the market price criteria necessary to call for
mandatory conversion of the 6 1/2% European Notes. During the first six months
of 1997, holders of 6 1/2% European Notes totaling $19,300,000 exercised their
conversion option and such holders were issued 7,720,000 shares of Harken
common stock. In March 1997, Harken transferred approximately $15.3 million of
6 1/2% European Note proceeds from the Segregated Accounts to Harken's
operating cash account as a result of these conversions. On July 31, 1997,
Harken converted the remaining 6 1/2% European Notes into shares of Harken
common stock and transferred the remaining 6 1/2% European Note proceeds of
approximately $21.2 million from the Segregated Accounts to Harken's operating
cash account.
Harken's operating strategy includes efforts to find additional
opportunities to acquire domestic oil and gas reserves through domestic
drilling activities and through merger and acquisitions, in exchange for cash,
debt or issuance of Common Stock. In addition to Harken's efforts to develop
and acquire domestic oil and gas reserves, Harken continues to be very active
in exploration efforts internationally, particularly in Colombia. As of June
30, 1997, Harken's net investment in its Colombian operations has totaled
approximately $20.4 million. Terms of each of the Association Contracts entered
into between Harken de Colombia, Ltd. and Ecopetrol commit Harken to perform
certain activities in accordance with a prescribed timetable. Failure by Harken
to perform these activities as required could result in Harken losing its
rights under the particular Association Contract, which could potentially have
a material adverse effect on Harken's business. For a detailed discussion of
each of the Association Contracts entered into between Harken de Colombia, Ltd.
and Ecopetrol, see "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 4--
Colombian Operations."
Capital expenditures related to Harken's Colombian operations are
expected to total a minimum of approximately $35 million before potential
partner contributions during 1997, including a minimum of approximately $16
million related to total operations commitments required under Harken's
Association Contracts. Harken anticipates that it will have sufficient cash
available to fund all of its planned activities in Colombia for 1997. In June
1997, Harken announced its plans to drill a three well exploratory program in
the Bolivar Contract area. Harken expects the drilling of the three horizontal
wells will require
23
<PAGE> 24
approximately $20 million, with Harken retaining 100% ownership in these wells.
This amount is included in Harken's total capital expenditure plans for 1997
and 1998.
Harken anticipates that full development of Colombian reserves in the
Alcaravan contract area of the Llanos Basin and the Bocachico, Cambulos and
Bolivar contract areas of the Middle Magdalena Basin will take several years
and may also require extensive production facilities which would require
significant additional capital expenditures. The ultimate amount of such
expenditures cannot be presently predicted. Harken anticipates that amounts
required to fund its Colombian activities, including the above mentioned
exploration programs and additional development expenditures, will be funded
from existing cash balances, asset sales, the proceeds from the European Notes,
future stock issuances, production payments, operating cash flows and from
industry partners; however, there can be no assurances that Harken will have
adequate funds available to it to fund all of its Colombian activities or that
industry partners can be obtained to fund a portion of such Colombian
activities.
Domestically, Harken plans to continue development of proved
undeveloped reserves on properties with minimal development risk in addition to
a continual workover program on producing properties. Harken expects such costs
to total approximately $7 million in 1997. The targeted results of these
efforts are to increase domestic production and cash flows during 1997. Harken
expects that its increased domestic efforts will be completed with planned
increases of approximately 20% in general and administrative expenses for 1997
compared to the level of such expenses reflected during the year ended December
31, 1996.
The exploration, development and production of oil and gas are subject
to various Navajo, federal, state and local laws and regulations designed to
protect the environment. Compliance with these regulations is part of Harken's
day-to-day operating procedures. Infrequently, accidental discharge of such
materials as oil, natural gas or drilling fluids can occur and such accidents
can require material expenditures to correct. Harken maintains levels of
insurance customary in the industry to limit its financial exposure. Management
is unaware of any material capital expenditures required for environmental
control during the next fiscal year.
Harken has accrued approximately $1.5 million at June 30, 1997
relating to operational or regulatory contingent liabilities related to
Harken's domestic operations. Harken and its subsidiaries currently are
involved in various lawsuits and other contingencies, including a certain
lawsuit and the guarantee of certain lease obligations of a former subsidiary,
which in management's opinion, will not result in significant loss exposure to
Harken.
24
<PAGE> 25
PART II - OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1. Legal Proceedings.
Search Acquisition Corp. ("Search Acquisition"), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Harken, has been named as a defendant in a lawsuit by
Petrochemical Corporation of America and Lorken Investments
Corporation (together, "Petrochemical"). This lawsuit arises out of
an attempt by Petrochemical to enforce a judgment entered in 1993
against, among other parties, a group of 20 limited partnerships
known as the "Odyssey limited partnerships". In 1989, Search
Exploration, Inc. ("Search") acquired all of the assets of eight of
the 20 Odyssey limited partnerships. Petrochemical claims that
Search is liable for payment of the judgment as the
successor-in-interest to the eight Odyssey limited partnerships.
Search Acquisition was the surviving corporation in the merger with
Search.
On February 28, 1996, the court granted Search Acquisition's motion
for summary judgment. Petrochemical has appealed the decision of the
trial court. Although the ultimate outcome of this litigation is
uncertain, Harken believes that any liability to Harken as a result
of this litigation will not have a material adverse effect on
Harken's financial condition.
Item 2. Changes in Securities.
Not applicable.
Item 3. Default Upon Senior Securities.
Not applicable.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Securities Holders.
On June 9, 1997, Harken held it Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The
stockholders of Harken voted on the election of Directors, the
results of which are described below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For Against Abstain
--- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Mikel D. Faulkner 82,010,205 - 6,600,445
Bruce N. Huff 82,010,205 - 6,600,445
</TABLE>
Item 5. Other Information
Not applicable.
Item 6. Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K.
(a) EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of Harken Energy
Corporation as amended (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to
Harken's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year
ended December 31,1989, File No. 0-9207, and
incorporated by reference herein).
25
<PAGE> 26
3.2 Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Harken
Energy Corporation (filed as Exhibit 28.8 to the
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Tejas Power
Corporation, file No. 33-37141, and incorporated by
reference herein.)
3.3 Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Harken
Energy Corporation (filed as Exhibit 3 to Harken's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for fiscal quarter ended
March 31, 1991, File No. 0-9207, and incorporated by
reference herein.)
3.4 Amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation of
Harken Energy Corporation (filed as Exhibit 3 to
Harken's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for fiscal
quarter ended June 30, 1991, File No. 0-9207, and
incorporated by reference herein.)
3.5 Amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation of
Harken Energy Corporation (filed as Exhibit 3.5 to
Harken's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year
ended December 31, 1996, File No. 0-9207, and
incorporated by reference herein.).
3.6 Bylaws of Harken Energy Corporation, as amended (filed
as Exhibit 3.2 to Harken's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for fiscal year ended December 31, 1989, File No.
0-9207, and incorporated by reference herein.)
4.1 Form of certificate representing shares of Harken
common stock, par value $.01 per share (filed as
Exhibit 1 to Harken's Registration Statement on Form
8-A, File No. 0-9027, and incorporated by reference
herein.)
4.2 Certificate of Designations, Powers, Preferences and
Rights of Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred
Stock, $1.00 par value, of Harken Energy Corporation
(filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Harken's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1989, File
No. 0-9207, and incorporated by reference herein).
4.3 Certificate of Designations, Powers, Preferences and
Rights of Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred
Stock, $1.00 par value, of Harken Energy Corporation
(filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Harken's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1989, File
No. 0-9207, and incorporated by reference herein).
4.4 Certificate of the Designations, Powers, Preferences
and Rights of Series C Cumulative Convertible Preferred
Stock, $1.00 par value of Harken Energy Corporation
(filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Harken's Annual Report on Form
10-K for fiscal year ended December 31, 1989, File No.
0-9207, and incorporated by reference herein).
4.5 Certificate of the Designations of Series D Preferred
Stock, $1.00 par value of Harken Energy Corporation
(filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Harken's Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30,
1995, File No. 0-9207, and incorporated by reference
herein).
*10.1 Trust Indenture dated June 11, 1997, by and between
Harken and Marine Midland Bank plc.
26
<PAGE> 27
*10.2 Placing Agreement dated June 3, 1997, by and among
Harken and the various signatories thereto.
*10.3 Global Temporary Note dated June 11, 1997, issued by
Harken in the principal amount of $70,000,000.
*10.4 Drilling Contract dated as of July 22, 1997, between
Harken de Colombia, Ltd., and Parker Drilling Company
International Ltd.
*10.5 Drilling Contract dated as of May 15, 1997, between
Harken de Colombia, Ltd., and Marlin Colombia Drilling
Company, Inc.
*27 Financial Data Schedules.
- --------------------------------
* filed herewith
(b) REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
On June 11, 1997 Harken filed a Current Report on Form 8-K (Item 5)
to report the issuance of the 5 1/2% European Notes.
27
<PAGE> 28
HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
Harken Energy Corporation
----------------------------------------
(Registrant)
Date: August 11,1997 By: /s/ Bruce N. Huff
----------------------------------------
Bruce N. Huff, Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
28
<PAGE> 29
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
------ -----------
<S> <C>
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of Harken Energy
Corporation as amended (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to
Harken's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year
ended December 31,1989, File No. 0-9207, and
incorporated by reference herein).
3.2 Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Harken
Energy Corporation (filed as Exhibit 28.8 to the
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Tejas Power
Corporation, file No. 33-37141, and incorporated by
reference herein.)
3.3 Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Harken
Energy Corporation (filed as Exhibit 3 to Harken's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for fiscal quarter ended
March 31, 1991, File No. 0-9207, and incorporated by
reference herein.)
3.4 Amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation of
Harken Energy Corporation (filed as Exhibit 3 to
Harken's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for fiscal
quarter ended June 30, 1991, File No. 0-9207, and
incorporated by reference herein.)
3.5 Amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation of
Harken Energy Corporation (filed as Exhibit 3.5 to
Harken's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year
ended December 31, 1996, File No. 0-9207, and
incorporated by reference herein.).
3.6 Bylaws of Harken Energy Corporation, as amended (filed
as Exhibit 3.2 to Harken's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for fiscal year ended December 31, 1989, File No.
0-9207, and incorporated by reference herein.)
4.1 Form of certificate representing shares of Harken
common stock, par value $.01 per share (filed as
Exhibit 1 to Harken's Registration Statement on Form
8-A, File No. 0-9027, and incorporated by reference
herein.)
4.2 Certificate of Designations, Powers, Preferences and
Rights of Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred
Stock, $1.00 par value, of Harken Energy Corporation
(filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Harken's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1989, File
No. 0-9207, and incorporated by reference herein).
4.3 Certificate of Designations, Powers, Preferences and
Rights of Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred
Stock, $1.00 par value, of Harken Energy Corporation
(filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Harken's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1989, File
No. 0-9207, and incorporated by reference herein).
4.4 Certificate of the Designations, Powers, Preferences
and Rights of Series C Cumulative Convertible Preferred
Stock, $1.00 par value of Harken Energy Corporation
(filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Harken's Annual Report on Form
10-K for fiscal year ended December 31, 1989, File No.
0-9207, and incorporated by reference herein).
4.5 Certificate of the Designations of Series D Preferred
Stock, $1.00 par value of Harken Energy Corporation
(filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Harken's Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30,
1995, File No. 0-9207, and incorporated by reference
herein).
*10.1 Trust Indenture dated June 11, 1997, by and between
Harken and Marine Midland Bank plc.
*10.2 Placing Agreement dated June 3, 1997, by and among
Harken and the various signatories thereto.
*10.3 Global Temporary Note dated June 11, 1997, issued by
Harken in the principal amount of $70,000,000.
*10.4 Drilling Contract dated as of July 22, 1997, between
Harken de Colombia, Ltd., and Parker Drilling Company
International Ltd.
*10.5 Drilling Contract dated as of May 15, 1997, between
Harken de Colombia, Ltd., and Marlin Colombia Drilling
Company, Inc.
*27 Financial Data Schedules.
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------
* filed herewith
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.1
HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION
U.S. $70,000,000
5.5% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2002
TRUST INDENTURE
June 11, 1997
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
SECTION 1.01 Definitions 1
Act 1
Affiliate 1
Agent Members 1
Alternative Stock Exchange 2
AMEX 2
Asset Value Coverage Ratio 2
Authenticating Agent 2
Authorized Newspapers 2
Board of Directors 2
Board Resolution 2
Business Day 2
Capital Stock 2
Capitalized Lease Obligation 3
Cedel 3
Certificate of Incorporation 3
Change of Control 3
Closing Date 3
Commission 3
Common Depository 3
Common Stock 4
Company 4
Company Request or Company Order 4
Conversion Agent 4
Conversion Date 4
Conversion Price 4
Conversion Right 4
Conversion Shares 4
Corporate Trust Office 4
Corporation 4
Coupon 5
Couponholder 5
Default 5
Designated Oil and Gas Reserves 5
Euroclear 5
</TABLE>
1
<PAGE> 3
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Event of Default 5
Exchange Act 5
Extraordinary Resolution 5
Federal Bankruptcy Code 5
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles 5
Good Title 5
Group 5
Guaranty 5
Holder 6
Hydrocarbon Interests 6
Hydrocarbons 6
Indebtedness 6
Indenture 7
Independent Reserve Report 7
Interest Payment Date 7
Lien 7
Luxembourg Paying Agent and Luxembourg Conversion Agent 7
Mandatory Conversion 8
Mandatory Conversion Date 8
Market Price 8
Marketable Securities 8
Maturity 8
Noteholder 8
Notes 8
Offering Circular 8
Officers' Certificate 8
Oil and Gas Properties 8
Opinion of Counsel 9
Outstanding 9
Paying Agent 9
Permitted Investments 9
Person 10
Predecessor Note 10
Preferred Stock 11
Presentation Date 11
Principal Paying and Conversion Agent 11
Principal Subsidiary 11
Property 11
Proved Columbian Reserves 11
Proved U.S. Reserves 11
Purchase Date 12
Purchase Price 12
Redemption Date 12
Redemption Price 12
Regulation S 12
</TABLE>
2
<PAGE> 4
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Relevant Date 12
Required Assets 12
Responsible Officer 12
Restricted Period 12
SEC Value 12
Securities Act 12
Segregated Account 13
Shares 13
Stated Maturity 13
Stock Exchange Business Day 13
Subordinated Obligation 13
Subsidiary 13
Trustee 13
Unexercised Note 13
U.S. Government Obligations 13
U.S. Person 14
Vice President 14
Voting Stock 14
SECTION 1.02 Other Definitions 14
SECTION 1.03 Rules of Construction 14
SECTION 1.04 Compliance Certificates and Opinions 15
SECTION 1.05 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee 16
SECTION 1.06 Acts of Noteholders 16
SECTION 1.07 Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company 17
SECTION 1.08 Notices to Noteholders; Waiver 18
SECTION 1.09 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents 18
SECTION 1.10 Successors and Assigns 18
SECTION 1.11 Separability Clause 18
SECTION 1.12 Benefits of Indenture 18
SECTION 1.13 Governing Law 19
SECTION 1.14 Legal Holidays 19
ARTICLE TWO
FORMS OF THE NOTES
SECTION 2.01 Forms Generally 19
SECTION 2.02 Restrictive Legends 20
</TABLE>
3
<PAGE> 5
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE THREE
THE NOTES
SECTION 3.01 Terms 21
SECTION 3.02 Denominations 22
SECTION 3.03 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating 22
SECTION 3.04 Temporary Notes 23
SECTION 3.05 Exchange 23
SECTION 3.06 Book-Entry Provisions for Global Note 24
SECTION 3.07 Special Transfer Provisions 26
SECTION 3.08 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes 26
SECTION 3.09 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved 27
SECTION 3.10 Persons Deemed Owners 27
SECTION 3.11 Cancellation 27
SECTION 3.12 Computation of Interest 28
SECTION 3.13 ISIN, CUSIP or Other Identifying Numbers 28
SECTION 3.14 Prescription 28
ARTICLE FOUR
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
SECTION 4.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture 28
SECTION 4.02 Application of Trust Money 29
ARTICLE FIVE
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
SECTION 5.01 Events of Default 30
SECTION 5.02 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment 32
SECTION 5.03 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement
by Trustee 33
SECTION 5.04 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 33
SECTION 5.05 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes 34
SECTION 5.06 Application of Money Collected 34
SECTION 5.07 Limitation on Suits 35
SECTION 5.08 Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and
Interest 35
SECTION 5.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies 36
SECTION 5.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative 36
</TABLE>
4
<PAGE> 6
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
SECTION 5.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver 36
SECTION 5.12 Control by Noteholders 36
SECTION 5.13 Waiver of Past Defaults 37
SECTION 5.14 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws 37
SECTION 5.15 Undertaking for Costs 37
ARTICLE SIX
THE TRUSTEE
SECTION 6.01 Notice of Defaults 38
SECTION 6.02 Certain Rights of Trustee 38
SECTION 6.03 Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes 39
SECTION 6.04 May Hold Notes 40
SECTION 6.05 Money Held in Trust 40
SECTION 6.06 Compensation and Reimbursement 40
SECTION 6.07 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility 41
SECTION 6.08 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor 41
SECTION 6.09 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor 42
SECTION 6.10 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business 43
SECTION 6.11 Certain Duties and Responsibilities 43
SECTION 6.12 Segregated Account 44
SECTION 6.13 Meetings of Noteholders 46
SECTION 6.14 Authenticating Agents 47
ARTICLE SEVEN
NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY COMPANY
SECTION 7.01 Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Noteholders 48
SECTION 7.02 Reports by Company 49
ARTICLE EIGHT
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER, OR LEASE
SECTION 8.01 Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms 49
SECTION 8.02 Successor Substituted 50
</TABLE>
5
<PAGE> 7
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE NINE
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
SECTION 9.01 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders 50
SECTION 9.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders 51
SECTION 9.03 Execution of Supplemental Indentures 52
SECTION 9.04 Effect of Supplemental Indentures 52
SECTION 9.05 Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures 52
SECTION 9.06 Notice of Supplemental Indentures 53
ARTICLE TEN
COVENANTS
SECTION 10.01 Payment of Principal and Interest 53
SECTION 10.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency 53
SECTION 10.03 Money for Payments to Be Held in Trust 54
SECTION 10.04 Corporate Existence 55
SECTION 10.05 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims 55
SECTION 10.06 Maintenance of Properties 55
SECTION 10.07 Insurance 56
SECTION 10.08 Statement by Officers as to Default 56
SECTION 10.09 Provision of Financial Statements 57
SECTION 10.10 Limitation on Other Indebtedness 57
SECTION 10.11 Limitation on Liens 57
SECTION 10.12 Waiver of Certain Covenants 57
SECTION 10.13 Maintenance of Asset Value Coverage Ratio 58
SECTION 10.14 Restrictions on Charter Amendments 58
SECTION 10.15 United States Withholding and
Reporting Requirements 58
SECTION 10.16 Maintenance of Listing for Notes and Shares 58
SECTION 10.17 Change of Control 58
ARTICLE ELEVEN
REDEMPTION OF NOTES
SECTION 11.01 Right of Redemption 60
SECTION 11.02 Applicability of Article 60
SECTION 11.03 Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee 60
SECTION 11.04 Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed 61
</TABLE>
6
<PAGE> 8
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
SECTION 11.05 Notice of Redemption 61
SECTION 11.06 Deposit of Redemption Price 62
SECTION 11.07 Notes Payable on Redemption Date 62
SECTION 11.08 Surrender of Notes 63
SECTION 11.09 Conversion on Redemption 63
ARTICLE TWELVE
CONVERSION
SECTION 12.01 Conversion Right and Conversion Price 64
SECTION 12.02 Exercise of Conversion Right 64
SECTION 12.03 Calculation of Shares Issued on Conversion and
Fractions of Shares 65
SECTION 12.04 Adjustment of Conversion Price 65
SECTION 12.05 Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Price 70
SECTION 12.06 Notice of Certain Corporate Action 71
SECTION 12.07 Company to Reserve Common Stock 72
SECTION 12.08 Taxes on Conversions 72
SECTION 12.09 Cancellation of Converted Bearer Notes 72
SECTION 12.10 Provisions in Case of Reclassification Consolidation,
Merger or Sale of Assets 72
SECTION 12.11 Mandatory Conversion 73
SECTION 12.12 Proposed Amendments to Regulation S 74
ARTICLE THIRTEEN
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
SECTION 13.01 Company's Option to Effect Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance 74
SECTION 13.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge 74
SECTION 13.03 Covenant Defeasance 75
SECTION 13.04 Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance 75
SECTION 13.05 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to
Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions 77
SECTION 13.06 Reinstatement 77
</TABLE>
7
<PAGE> 9
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE FOURTEEN
SENIORITY OF NOTES
SECTION 14.01 Seniority of the Notes 78
ARTICLE FIFTEEN
IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS,
STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
SECTION 15.01 Liability Solely Corporate 78
</TABLE>
8
<PAGE> 10
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBITS
<S> <C>
EXHIBIT A Form of Bearer Notes, Coupons, and Trustee's Certificate of Authentication
EXHIBIT B Form of Global Note
EXHIBIT C Form of Certificate from the Company's Chief Financial Officer Transmitting Annual Financial Statements
EXHIBIT D Form of Certificate from the Company's Chief Financial Officer Regarding Compliance with the Asset
Value Coverage Ratio
EXHIBIT E Form of Notice from Noteholder of Exercise of Conversion Rights
EXHIBIT F Form of Notice from the Company of Exercise of Mandatory Conversion
EXHIBIT G Form of Notice from Noteholder of Exercise of Repurchase Right on a Change of Control
</TABLE>
9
<PAGE> 11
TRUST INDENTURE dated as of June 11, 1997 ("Indenture"), between
HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION, a corporation duly organized and existing under the
laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the "Company"), and MARINE MIDLAND
BANK, a banking corporation and trust company duly organized and existing under
the laws of the State of New York, as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee").
WHEREAS:
The Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of up to U.S.
$70,000,000 of 5.5% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2002 and the Coupons, if any,
thereto appertaining (collectively, the "Notes") and to provide therefor the
Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.
All things necessary have been done to make the Notes, when duly
issued and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder,
the valid obligations of the Company and to make this Indenture a valid
agreement of the Company, in accordance with their and its terms.
The Trustee has agreed to act as trustee under this Indenture on the
terms and conditions set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes
by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and
proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:
ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
SECTION 1.01 Definitions.
"Act," when used with respect to any Noteholder, has the meaning
specified in Section 1.06.
"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person and the terms "controlling" and "controlled"
have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
"Agent Members" has the meaning specified in Section 3.06.
1
<PAGE> 12
"Alternative Stock Exchange" means any other national or regional
stock exchange or quotation service such as NASDAQ National Market System or
any similar quotation service maintained by the National Quotation Bureau or
any successor thereto.
"AMEX" means The American Stock Exchange, Inc. or any successor
thereto.
"Asset Value Coverage Ratio" means a ratio of (a) the sum of the value
of the Required Assets to (b) the aggregate principal amount of all Outstanding
Notes, as set forth in Section 10.13.
"Authenticating Agent" means the Person authorized pursuant to Section
6.14 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate the Notes until a
successor Authenticating Agent shall have become such pursuant to the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Authenticating Agent"
shall mean such successor Authenticating Agent. Pursuant to the terms hereof,
Midland Bank Plc will initially act as the Authenticating Agent.
"Authorized Newspapers" means the Luxembourg Wort of Luxembourg and
The Financial Times (European Edition) of London, England. If either such
newspaper shall cease to be published, the Company or the Trustee shall
substitute for it another newspaper in Europe, customarily published at least
once a day for at least five (5) days in each calendar week, of general
circulation. If, because of temporary suspension of publication or general
circulation of either such newspaper or for any other reason, it is impossible
or, in the opinion of the Company or the Trustee, impracticable to make any
publication of any notice required by this Indenture in the manner herein
provided, such publication or other notice in lieu thereof which is made by the
Company or the Trustee in the exercise of its reasonable discretion shall
constitute a sufficient publication of such notice.
"Board of Directors" means either the board of directors of the
Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.
"Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by
the Board of Directors and in full force and effect on the date of such
certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
"Business Day" means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and
Friday which is a day on which banking institutions in Luxembourg, the City of
New York, New York, and London, England are not authorized or obliged by law,
regulation or executive order to close.
"Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
interests, participation or other equivalents (however designated) of such
Person's capital stock whether now outstanding or issued on or after the date
of this Indenture, including, without limitation, all Common Stock and
Preferred Stock.
2
<PAGE> 13
"Capitalized Lease Obligation" means the amount of the liability under
any capital lease that, in accordance with GAAP, is required to be capitalized
and reflected as a liability on the balance sheet of the relevant Person.
"Cedel" means Cedel Bank, societe anonyme.
"Certificate of Incorporation" means the Certificate of Incorporation
of the Company, as in effect on the date hereof and as amended or restated from
time to time hereafter.
"Change of Control" means (i) any sale, lease or other transfer of
(other than the incurrence of a Lien on) all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company to any Person as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in
one transaction or a series of related transactions; (ii) the consolidation or
merger of the Company with or into another Person pursuant to a transaction in
which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is changed into or exchanged
for cash, securities or other Property, other than any such transaction where
(a) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is changed into or exchanged
for Voting Stock of the surviving corporation or its parent and (b) the holders
of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own,
directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the Voting Stock of the
surviving corporation or its parent immediately after such transaction; (iii) a
"person" or "group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) or 14(d)(2) of the
Exchange Act) being or becoming the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules
13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
Voting Stock of the Company then outstanding, except in a merger or
consolidation which would not constitute a Change of Control under clause (ii)
above; (iv) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the
beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors (together with any
new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for
election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a
majority of the directors then still in office who were directors at the
beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was
previously so approved) cease for any reason (other than death) to constitute a
majority of the Board of Directors then in office; or (v) the approval by the
stockholders of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the
Company.
"Closing Date" means June 11, 1997.
"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from
time to time constituted or, if at any time after the execution of this
Indenture such Commission is not existing, then the body performing similar
duties at such time.
"Common Depository" means the common depository appointed by Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels office, as operator of the
Euroclear System, and Cedel Bank, societe anonyme, which shall initially be
Midland Bank plc, including the nominees and successors of any Common
Depository.
3
<PAGE> 14
"Common Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
interests, participation and other equivalents (however designated, whether
voting or non-voting) of such Person's common stock, whether now outstanding or
issued after the date of this Indenture, and includes, without limitation, all
series and classes of such common stock.
"Company" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first
paragraph of this Indenture, until a successor Person shall have become such
pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter
"Company" shall mean such successor Person.
"Company Request" or "Company Order" means a written request or order
signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman, a Vice Chairman, its
President, or a Vice President and by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer,
the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.
"Conversion Agent" means any Person (including the Company acting as
Conversion Agent) authorized by the Company to effect conversions of the Notes
on behalf of the Company. Pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has
initially appointed Midland Bank plc to act as the Principal Conversion Agent,
and Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise as the Luxembourg Conversion Agent for the
Notes and Swiss Bank Corporation to act as a Conversion Agent.
"Conversion Date" means the Business Day on which the Conversion Right
is exercised by delivery to the Conversion Agent of the Note surrendered for
conversion and the completed notice of a Noteholder's intention to exercise its
Conversion Right (as set forth in Exhibit E hereto) with respect to any Note.
"Conversion Price" means $5.00, the price at which Conversion Shares
shall be issued upon conversion, subject to adjustment as set forth herein.
"Conversion Right" means the right of a Holder of any Note to convert
such Note into Conversion Shares.
"Conversion Shares" means the Shares into which the Notes are
convertible.
"Corporate Trust Office" means the principal corporate trust office of
the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall
be administered, which office at the date of execution of this Indenture is
located at 140 Broadway, New York, New York 10005-1180, except that with
respect to presentation of Notes for payment upon redemption, for conversion or
exchange, such term shall mean the office or agency of the Trustee at which, at
any particular time, its corporate agency business shall be conducted.
"Corporation" includes corporations, limited liability companies,
limited and general partnerships, associations, joint-stock companies and
business trusts.
4
<PAGE> 15
"Coupon" means bearer interest Coupons relating to the Bearer Notes
and any replacement Coupons issued pursuant to Section 3.08.
"Couponholder" means a Person who is the bearer of any Coupon.
"Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time
or both would be, an Event of Default.
"Designated Oil and Gas Reserves" means (a) 50% of the SEC Value of
the Proved U.S. Reserves of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and (b) 25% of
the SEC Value of the Proved Colombian Reserves of the Company and its
Subsidiaries.
"Euroclear" means the Euroclear System.
"Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
"Extraordinary Resolution" means a resolution passed at a meeting of
the Noteholders duly convened and held in accordance with Section 6.13 hereof.
"Federal Bankruptcy Code" means the Bankruptcy Act or Title 11 of the
United States Code, as amended from time to time.
"Generally Accepted Accounting Principles" or "GAAP" means generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States, as applied from time to
time by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the preparation of its financial
statements.
"Good Title" means, with respect to Oil and Gas Properties, good and
defensible title which is (i) a document evidencing rights to a property which
is issued by an applicable and authorized government authority or which is
otherwise evidenced by an instrument or instruments filed of record in
accordance with the conveyance and recording laws of the applicable
jurisdiction and is sufficient against competing claims of bona fide purchasers
for value without notice and (ii) free and clear of all Liens, other than such
Liens that a reasonably prudent purchaser of Oil and Gas Properties would
accept in light of the value of the Oil and Gas Property affected, the
improbability of assertion of the defect or irregularity or the degree of
difficulty or the cost of performing curative work.
"Group" means the Company and all its Principal Subsidiaries.
"Guaranty" means all obligations of any Person (other than
endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for
deposit or collection) of such Person guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing
any Indebtedness, dividend or other obligation, of any other Person (the
5
<PAGE> 16
"primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including
without limitation all obligations incurred through an agreement, contingent or
otherwise, by such Person: (i) to purchase such Indebtedness or obligation or
any Property or assets constituting security therefor, or (ii) to advance or
supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of such Indebtedness or
obligation, or (2) to enable the recipient of such funds to maintain certain
financial conditions (e.g. agreed amount of working capital) under loan or
similar documents, or (iii) to lease Property or to purchase securities or
other Property or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of
such Indebtedness or obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make
payment of the Indebtedness or obligation, or (iv) otherwise to assure the
owner of the Indebtedness or obligation of the primary obligor against loss in
respect thereof. For the purposes of all computations made under this
Indenture, a Guaranty in respect of any Indebtedness shall be deemed to be
Indebtedness equal to the principal amount and accrued interest of such
Indebtedness which has been guaranteed, and a Guaranty in respect of any other
obligation or liability or any dividend shall be deemed to be Indebtedness
equal to the maximum aggregate amount of such obligation, liability or
dividend.
"Holder" means a Person who is a bearer of a Note or Coupon, as the
case may be.
"Hydrocarbon Interests" means all rights, titles, interests and
estates in and to oil and gas leases, oil, gas and mineral leases, oil and gas
concession agreements, production sharing agreements, association contracts and
similar agreements, or other liquid or gaseous hydrocarbon leases, mineral fee
interests, overriding royalty and royalty interests, net profit interests and
production payment interests, or which may arise under operating agreements,
unit agreements or other contract rights, including any reserved or residual
interests of whatever nature and without regard to whether such rights cover or
exist with respect to lands located within or without the United States.
"Hydrocarbons" means oil, gas, casing head gas, drip gasoline, natural
gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and
all products refined therefrom and all other minerals.
"Indebtedness" of any Person means and includes all present and future
obligations of such Person, which shall include all obligations (i) which in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
shall be classified upon a balance sheet of such Person as liabilities of such
Person, (ii) for borrowed money, (iii) which have been incurred in connection
with the acquisition of Property (including, without limitation, all
obligations of such Person evidenced by any debenture, bond, note, commercial
paper or other similar security, but excluding, in any case, obligations
arising from the endorsement in the ordinary course of business of negotiable
instruments for deposit or collection), (iv) secured by any Lien existing on
Property owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or
become liable for the payment of such obligations, (v) created or arising under
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to
Property acquired by such Person, notwithstanding the fact that the rights and
remedies of the seller, lender or lessor under such agreement in the event of
default are limited to repossession or sale of such Property, (vi) which are
Capitalized Lease Obligations, (vii) for all Guaranties,
6
<PAGE> 17
whether or not reflected in the balance sheet of such Person and (viii) which
are all reimbursement and other payment obligations (whether contingent,
matured or otherwise) of such Person in respect of any acceptance or
documentary credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not
include (i) Indebtedness incidental to the operation of the business of the
Person in the ordinary course and in the aggregate not material to the business
and operations of the Person, (ii) Indebtedness for which the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries are the sole obligors and obligees, and (iii) Indebtedness
represented by purchase, rental or lease obligations not to exceed $1,000,000
in any period of 12 months for any Person and its Subsidiaries.
"Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed and as it may
from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures
supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.
"Independent Reserve Report" means one or more independent reservoir
engineering reports or other independent third party valuations of the
Company's and its Subsidiaries' Oil and Gas Properties or any portion thereof
which are presented to the Trustee by the Company which are used in determining
the Asset Value Coverage Ratio, each of which reports shall be dated as of the
end of the Company's most recent fiscal year or as of a later date, at the
Company's option.
"Interest Payment Date" means the Stated Maturity of an instalment of
interest on the Notes.
"Lien" means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security interest or
encumbrance of any kind whatsoever, including any interest in Property securing
an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the
Property, whether such interest is based on the common law, statute or
contract, and including but not limited to the security interest lien arising
from a mortgage, encumbrance, pledge, conditional sale or trust receipt or a
lease, consignment or bailment for security purposes. The term "Lien" shall
include reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights-of-way,
covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases and other title exceptions and
encumbrances affecting Property. For the purposes of this Indenture, the
Company or its Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the owner of any Property which
it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement, financing
lease or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the Property has been
retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes.
"Luxembourg Paying Agent and Conversion Agent" means any Person
authorised by the Company to act as the Luxembourg paying and conversion agent
for the Notes until a successor Luxembourg Paying and Conversion Agent shall
have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and
thereafter "Luxembourg Paying and Conversion Agent" shall mean such successor
Luxembourg Paying and Conversion Agent. Pursuant to the terms hereof, the
Company has initially appointed Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise as the
Luxembourg Paying and Conversion Agent.
"Mandatory Conversion" means conversion of the Notes at the option of
the Company pursuant to Section 12.11.
7
<PAGE> 18
"Mandatory Conversion Date" means the date specified in a notice
published by the Company in accordance with Sections 1.07, 1.08 and 12.11, on
which the Noteholders are required to surrender their Notes for conversion.
"Market Price" means the daily closing sale price of the Common Stock
for a Stock Exchange Business Day.
"Marketable Securities" means any "security" (as such term is defined
in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act) of any Person listed, admitted to
trading or quoted on the New York Stock Exchange, the AMEX or any Alternative
Stock Exchange.
"Maturity," when used with respect to any Note, means the date on
which the principal of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein
provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or the Redemption Date and whether by
declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.
"Noteholder" means a Person who is the bearer of any Note.
"Notes" has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture
and more particularly means any Notes authenticated and delivered under this
Indenture.
"Offering Circular" means that certain Final Offering Circular dated
June 11, 1997, together with all supplements and amendments thereto.
"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman, a
Vice Chairman, the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an
Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company,
and delivered to the Trustee. Any one individual holding the requisite titles
may sign and deliver an Officer's Certificate without cosignature of another
individual with a requisite title.
"Oil and Gas Properties" means Hydrocarbon Interests; any Properties
now or hereafter pooled or unitized with Hydrocarbon Interests; all presently
existing or future unitization, pooling agreements and declarations of pooled
units and the units created thereby (including without limitation all units
created under orders, regulations and rules of any governmental body or agency
having jurisdiction) which may affect all or any portion of the Hydrocarbon
Interests; all operating agreements, contracts and other agreements which
relate to any of the Hydrocarbon Interests or the production, sale, purchase,
exchange or processing of Hydrocarbons from or attributable to such Hydrocarbon
Interests; all Hydrocarbons in and under and which may be produced and saved or
attributable to the Hydrocarbon Interests, the lands covered thereby and all
oil in tanks and all rents, issues, profits, proceeds, products, revenues and
other income from or attributable to the Hydrocarbon Interests; all tenements,
hereditaments, appurtenances and Properties in anywise appertaining, belonging,
affixed or incidental to the Hydrocarbon Interests, Properties, rights, titles,
interests and estates described or referred to above, including any and all
Property, real or personal, now owned or hereafter acquired and situated upon,
used, held for use or useful in connection with
8
<PAGE> 19
the operating, working or development of any of such Hydrocarbon Interests
(excluding drilling rigs, automotive equipment or other personal property which
may be on such premises for the purpose of drilling a well or for other similar
temporary uses) and including any and all oil wells, gas wells, injection wells
or other wells, buildings, structures, fuel separators, liquid extraction
plants, plant compressors, pumps, pumping units, field gathering systems, tanks
and tank batteries, fixtures, valves, fittings, machinery and parts, engines,
boilers, meters, apparatus, equipment, appliances, tools, implements, cables,
wires, towers, casing, tubing and rods, surface leases, rights-of-way,
easements and servitudes together with all additions, substitutions,
replacement, accessions and attachments to any and all of the foregoing.
"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be
counsel for the Company, including an employee of the Company, and who shall be
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
"Outstanding," when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date
of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this
Indenture, except: (1) Notes heretofore cancelled by the Paying and Conversion
Agent or delivered to the Paying and Conversion Agent for cancellation; (2)
Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption money in the
necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying
Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by
the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders
of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such
redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor
satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; (3) Notes, except to the extent
provided in Sections 13.02 and 13.03, with respect to which the Company has
effected defeasance and/or covenant defeasance as provided in Article Thirteen;
and (4) Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 3.08 or in exchange for
or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant
to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall
have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are
held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands the Notes are valid obligations of
the Company; provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the
requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes have taken any Act or given or
made any Extraordinary Resolution or other request, demand, authorization,
direction, consent, notice or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or
any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or such other
obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in
determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation
or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, consent,
notice or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so
disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be
regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the
Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the
pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate
of the Company or such other obligor.
"Paying Agent" means any Person (including the Company acting as
Paying Agent) authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or interest on
any Notes on behalf of the
9
<PAGE> 20
Company, including any payment pursuant to Section 10.17 hereof. Pursuant to
the terms hereof, the Company has initially appointed Midland Bank plc as the
Principal Paying Agent, Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise as the Luxembourg
Paying Agent and Swiss Bank Corporation as a Paying Agent.
"Permitted Investments" means:
(a) cash;
(b) U.S. Government Obligations;
(c) any certificate of deposit, time deposit, money
market account or bankers' acceptance, maturing not more than sixty
days after the date of acquisition, issued by any commercial banking
institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System, including,
without limitation, the Trustee and its Affiliates, and that has
combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than
$500,000,000 whose debt has a rating, at the time as of which any
investment therein is made, of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's
Investors Service, Inc. or any successor rating agency, or "A-1" (or
higher) according to Standard and Poor's Ratings Group or any
successor rating agency;
(d) commercial paper, maturing not more than sixty days
after the date of acquisition, issued by any corporation (other than
an Affiliate of the Company) organized and existing under the laws of
the United States of America with a rating, at the time as of which
any investment therein is made, of "P-1" (or higher) according to
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or any successor rating agency, or
"A-1" (or higher) according to Standard and Poor's Ratings Group or
any successor rating agency; and
(e) shares of any mutual fund that invests exclusively in
the types of debt instruments described above, including one managed
by the Trustee or any of its Affiliates, that invests not less than
seventy-five percent (75%) of the capital of such mutual fund in the
foregoing types of investment; provided, that, solely for purposes of
this clause (e), such investments may mature more than sixty days
after the date of acquisition.
"Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company,
limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock
company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or
political subdivision thereof.
"Predecessor Note" of any particular Note means every previous Note
evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such
particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note
authenticated and delivered under Section 3.08 in exchange for or in lieu of a
mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same
debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.
10
<PAGE> 21
"Preferred Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all
shares, interests, participation or other equivalents (however designated) of
such Person's preferred or preference stock whether now outstanding or issued
on or after the date of this Indenture, and includes, without limitation, all
classes and series of preferred or preference stock.
"Presentation Date" means the date on which a Note is presented by a
Noteholder for payment of principal or a Coupon is presented by the
Couponholder for payment of interest, as the case may be.
"Principal Paying and Conversion Agent" means any Person authorized by
the Company to act as the principal paying and conversion agent for the Notes
until a successor Principal Paying and Conversion Agent shall have become such
pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter
"Principal Paying and Conversion Agent" shall mean such successor Principal
Paying and Conversion Agent. Pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has
initially appointed Midland Bank plc as the Principal Paying and Conversion
Agent.
"Principal Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of the Company:
(a) whose gross assets represent 10 percent or more of
the consolidated gross assets of the Group as calculated by reference
to the then latest audited financial statements of the Group; or
(b) to which is transferred all or substantially all of
the business, undertaking and assets of a Subsidiary of the Company
which immediately prior to such transfer is a Principal Subsidiary,
whereupon the transferor Subsidiary shall immediately cease to be a
Principal Subsidiary and the transferee Subsidiary shall cease to be a
Principal Subsidiary under the provisions of this sub-paragraph (b)
(but without prejudice to the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) above),
upon publication of its next audited financial statements; and
(c) and shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, Harken
Exploration Company, Harken Energy West Texas, Inc., Harken Southwest
Corporation, Search Acquisition Corp., and Harken de Colombia, Ltd.
"Property" means any interest in any kind of property or asset,
whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, and including any
Oil and Gas Property.
"Proved Colombian Reserves" means the estimated quantities of crude
oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids, which geological and engineering data
demonstrate according to engineering standards to be recoverable in future
years from known reservoirs under existing economical and operating conditions,
located in Colombia or in territories or regions controlled by Colombia,
including any territorial waters, all as set forth in any Independent Reserve
Report.
"Proved U.S. Reserves" means the estimated quantities of crude oil,
natural gas and natural
11
<PAGE> 22
gas liquids, which geological and engineering data demonstrate according to
engineering standards to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs
under existing economical and operating conditions, located in the United
States or in territories or regions controlled by the United States, including
any territorial waters, all as set forth in any Independent Reserve Report.
"Purchase Date" has the meaning specified in Section 10.17.
"Purchase Price" has the meaning specified in Section 10.17.
"Redemption Date," when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed,
in whole or in part, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to
this Indenture.
"Redemption Price," when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed,
means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to the terms hereof plus
accrued interest to the Redemption Date.
"Regulation S" means Regulation S under the Securities Act as in
effect on the date hereof or as such Regulation may hereafter be amended and
deemed applicable to the Notes.
"Relevant Date" means the date on which the payment first becomes due;
provided, that if the full amount of the money payable has not been received by
the Principal Paying Agent or the Trustee on or before the due date, it shall
mean the date on which, the full amount of the money having been so received,
notice to that effect shall have been duly given to the Noteholders by the
Company in accordance with Section 1.08.
"Required Assets" means any combination of (i) 100% of the aggregate
amount then on deposit in the Segregated Account, including the aggregate
amount invested in Permitted Investments, to the extent applicable, and (ii)
the Designated Oil and Gas Reserves.
"Responsible Officer," when used with respect to the Trustee, means
any trust officer or assistant trust officer or any other officer of the
Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of
the above-designated officers, and also means, with respect to a particular
corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred
because of such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular
subject.
"Restricted Period" means the forty (40) calendar day period
commencing after the Closing Date.
"SEC Value" means the discounted present value of future net reserves
attributable to Proved Reserves, as calculated under any Independent Reserve
Report in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the
Commission from time to time in effect.
"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
12
<PAGE> 23
"Segregated Account" means a segregated non-interest bearing trust
account of the Company to be maintained with the Trustee and invested and
reinvested at the direction of the Company, until such time as it may be
distributed to the Company in accordance with Section 6.12.
"Shares" means the common stock, par value U.S.$0.01, of the Company
(and all other (if any) shares or stock resulting from any sub-division,
consolidation or reclassification of such shares).
"Stated Maturity," when used with respect to any Indebtedness or any
instalment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified
in such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the principal of such
Indebtedness or such instalment of principal or interest is due and payable.
"Stock Exchange Business Day" means any day (other than a Saturday or
Sunday) on which the AMEX or the Alternative Stock Exchange, as the case may
be, is open for business.
"Subordinated Obligation" means any Indebtedness of the Company
outstanding on such date which is contractually subordinate or junior in right
of payment to the Notes. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence,
any Indebtedness and shares of Preferred Stock issued by any Subsidiary shall,
for purposes of this definition, be treated as Subordinated Obligations.
"Subsidiary" of any Person means any Corporation of which at least a
majority of the shares of stock having by the terms thereof ordinary voting
power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such Corporation
(irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any other class or classes
of such Corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the
happening of any contingency) is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by
any one of or any combinations of the Company or one or more of the Principal
Subsidiaries.
"Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first
paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such
pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter
"Trustee" shall mean such successor Trustee.
"Unexercised Note" means any Note with respect to which Conversion
Rights have not been exercised by the Noteholder.
"U.S. Government Obligations" means securities that are (x) direct
obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its
full faith and credit is pledged or (y) obligations of a Person controlled or
supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States
of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full
faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either
case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and
shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section
3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S.
Government Obligation or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any
such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the
holder of such depository receipt, provided that (except as required by law)
such custodian is not authorized to make any
13
<PAGE> 24
deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from
any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government
Obligation or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S.
Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.
"U.S. Person" means any Person who is a "U.S. person" as defined in
Regulation
S.
"Vice President," when used with respect to the Company or the
Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a
word or words added before or after the title "vice president".
"Voting Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person which
ordinarily is entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any additional
event or contingency) to vote for the election of directors (or persons
performing similar functions) of such Person.
SECTION 1.02 Other Definitions.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Term Defined in Section
---- ------------------
<S> <C>
Agency Agreement 10.02
Bearer Notes 2.01
Commencement Date 12.04
Covenant defeasance 13.03
Current Event 12.04
Expiration Time 12.04
Global Note 2.01
legal defeasance 13.02
Notice 1.08
Other Event 12.04
Reference Date 12.04
</TABLE>
SECTION 1.03 Rules of Construction.
For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly
provided or unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) all the terms defined in this Article have the
meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as
well as the singular;
(b) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein
have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;
(c) all ratios and computations based on GAAP contained
in this Indenture shall be computed in accordance with the definition
of GAAP set forth above;
14
<PAGE> 25
(d) the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and
other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and
not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision of this
Indenture;
(e) "or" is not exclusive;
(f) all references to $, U.S.$, dollars or United States
dollars shall refer to the lawful currency of the United States of
America;
(g) provisions apply to successive events and
transactions;
(h) all references to Sections or Articles refer to
Sections or Articles of this Indenture unless otherwise indicated; and
(i) all references to Terms or Conditions refer to the
Terms and Conditions of the Notes unless otherwise indicated.
SECTION 1.04 Compliance Certificates and Opinions.
Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall, with
respect to any application or request to make an optional redemption or
Mandatory Conversion and, upon the request of the Trustee with respect to any
other application or request, furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture
(including any covenant compliance with which constitutes a condition
precedent) relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an
Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such
conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case
of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents
is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such
particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be
furnished.
Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(a) a statement that each individual signing such
certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the
definitions herein relating thereto;
(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(c) a statement that, in the opinion of each such
individual, such individual has made such examination or investigation
as is necessary to enable such individual to express
15
<PAGE> 26
an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition
has been complied with; and
(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each
such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
SECTION 1.05 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.
In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or
covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all
such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such
Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one
such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one
or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify
or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.
Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based,
insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations
with respect to the matters upon which such officer's certificate or opinion is
based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based,
insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the
information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the
Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care
should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to
such matters are erroneous.
Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and
form one instrument.
SECTION 1.06 Acts of Noteholders.
(a) Any Extraordinary Resolution, request, demand,
authorization, direction, declaration, notice, consent, waiver or
other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more
instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders
in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and, except as
herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become
effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the
Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company.
Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and
evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of
the Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of
execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such
agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and
conclusive in favour of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the
manner provided in this Section.
16
<PAGE> 27
(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of
any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a
witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or
other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds,
certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing
acknowledged to such witness, notary public or other such officer the
execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a
capacity other than such signer's individual capacity, such
certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of
authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument
or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may
also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.
(c) Any Extraordinary Resolution, request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the
Holders of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note
and the Holder of every Note issued upon conversion or redemption
thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of
anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the
Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is
made upon such Note.
SECTION 1.07 Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company.
Any request, demand, authorization, direction, declaration, notice,
consent, waiver, Extraordinary Resolution or Act of Noteholders or other
document provided or pertained by this Indenture (herein collectively called
"Notice") to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:
(a) the Trustee by any Noteholder or by the Company shall
be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or
filed in writing to or with the Trustee and received at its Corporate
Trust Office, Attention: Corporate Trust Services - Harken, Tel. (212)
658-1000, Fax. (212) 658-6425, or
(b) the Company by the Trustee or by any Noteholder shall
be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein
expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to
or with the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal
office which shall initially be: Harken Energy Corporation, 5605 North
MacArthur Boulevard, Suite 400, Irving, Texas 75038, Attention: Bruce
N. Huff, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Tel. (972)
753-6939, Fax. (972) 753-6926, with a copy to Larry E. Cummings,
General Counsel, Tel. (972) 753-6932, Fax. (972) 753-6963.
Any Notice to be given hereunder by any party to another shall be in
writing and in English (by letter, telex or fax) delivered in person or by
courier service requiring acknowledgment of delivery, mailed by first class
mail, postage prepaid, or sent by fax or telex to the addressee (including
telecopier number, if applicable) set forth herein. Except for notices to the
Trustee, Notice given by mail, fax, personal delivery or courier service shall
be effective upon actual receipt. Notice given by telex shall be effective
upon receipt by the sender of the addressee's answer-back at the end of
transmission, provided that any such Notice or other communication which would
17
<PAGE> 28
otherwise take effect after 4:00 p.m. on any particular day shall not take
effect until 10:00 a.m. on the immediately succeeding Business Day in the place
of the addressee. A party may change any address to which Notice is to be
given to it by giving Notice as provided above of such change of address.
SECTION 1.08 Notice to Noteholders; Waiver.
Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Noteholders
by the Company or the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless
otherwise herein expressly provided) if published in the Authorized Newspapers.
Neither the Trustee nor the Company need give any notice to the Couponholders
and such Couponholders will be deemed to have notice of the contents of any
notice given to the Noteholders in accordance with this Section.
In case by reason of any cause it shall be impracticable to publish
notice of any event to the Noteholders when such notice is required to be given
pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such
notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient
notification for every purpose hereunder.
SECTION 1.09 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.
The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are
for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
SECTION 1.10 Successors and Assigns.
All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall
bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.
SECTION 1.11 Separability Clause.
In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions, to the extent permitted by law, shall not in any way
be affected or impaired thereby.
SECTION 1.12 Benefits of Indenture.
Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall
give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any
Conversion Agent and their respective successors hereunder, and the Noteholders
any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
18
<PAGE> 29
SECTION 1.13 Governing Law.
THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE
CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.
SECTION 1.14 Legal Holidays.
In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Conversion Date,
Redemption Date or Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Note or Coupon shall not
be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture
or of the Notes or Coupons) payment of interest or principal or any other
payment required to be made on such date need not be made on such date, but
shall be made on the immediately following Business Day with the same force and
effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the
Stated Maturity or Maturity.
ARTICLE TWO
FORMS OF THE NOTES
SECTION 2.01 Forms Generally.
The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be in
substantially the forms set forth in this Article, with such appropriate
insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or
permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks
of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be
required by applicable law or rules or regulations thereunder or as may,
consistently herewith, be determined by the officer or officers executing such
Notes, as evidenced by their execution of the Notes. Any portion of the text
of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof.
The definitive Notes shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved
on steel-engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner as determined
by the officers of the Company executing such Notes, as evidenced by their
execution in accordance with Section 3.03 of such Notes.
The Notes shall be known as the "5.5% Senior Convertible Notes Due
2002" of the Company. The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of
authentication shall be in substantially the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A.
The Company shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or
endorsement on the Notes. Each Note shall be dated as of June 11, 1997.
The terms and provisions contained in the form of the Bearer Notes
annexed hereto as Exhibit A and in the form of the Global Note annexed hereto
as Exhibit B shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this
Indenture. To the extent applicable, the Company and the
19
<PAGE> 30
Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to
such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.
The Notes shall be issued initially in the form of a temporary global
bearer note substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B (the "Global
Note") deposited with the Common Depository, duly executed by the Company and
authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal
amount of the Global Note may from time to time be decreased by adjustments
made on the records of the Common Depository or its nominee, as hereinafter
provided.
The Notes offered and sold, other than as described in the preceding
paragraph, shall be issued in form of permanent certificated Notes in bearer
form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A (the "Bearer Notes").
The Terms and Conditions contained in the form of the Bearer Notes
annexed hereto as Exhibit A are expressly incorporated by reference herein. To
the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and
delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to
be bound thereby. To the extent of any conflict between the Terms and
Conditions and the provisions of this Indenture, the Terms and Conditions shall
control the interpretation of the terms of the Note and this Indenture.
SECTION 2.02 Restrictive Legends.
Each Bearer Note and each Coupon shall bear the following legend on
the face thereof:
NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON
CONVERSION OF THIS NOTE HAVE BEEN OR WILL BE REGISTERED UNDER THE
UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES
ACT") AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, CONVERTED OR
OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT
OR BENEFIT OF, ANY "U.S. PERSON" (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT) UNLESS THIS NOTE AND THE SHARES HAVE BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE
SKY LAWS OR EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH LAWS
ARE AVAILABLE.
ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO
LIMITATIONS UNDER THE U.S. INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS
PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED.
Each Global Note shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:
20
<PAGE> 31
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED
STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT") AND
MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, CONVERTED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT
OF, ANY "U.S. PERSON" (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT) UNLESS THIS NOTE HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND
ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS OR EXEMPTIONS FROM
THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH LAWS ARE AVAILABLE.
ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO
LIMITATIONS UNDER THE U.S. INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS
PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED.
In the event that Regulation S is amended during the period while any Note or
Coupon remains outstanding and the Company determines that the foregoing
restrictive legends are required to be amended as a result thereof, the Company
shall provide the Trustee with notice pursuant to Section 1.09 setting forth
the revised form of restricted legend that the Company believes is required and
shall provide the Trustee with an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such
restrictive legends are required to be amended. The form of Bearer Note set
forth at Exhibit A and each Global Note shall be deemed to be so amended
effective at the date of such notice to the Trustee.
ARTICLE THREE
THE NOTES
SECTION 3.01 Terms.
The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture is limited to $70,000,000, except for Notes
authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes
pursuant to Section 3.03, 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 3.08, 9.05 or 11.08. Their Stated
Maturity shall be June 11, 2002, and they shall bear interest at the rate per
annum specified therein from the Closing Date or from the most recent Interest
Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, payable in
arrears, and thereafter as provided in the Notes and at said Stated Maturity,
until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for.
The principal of and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the
office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of
London, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained
for such purpose.
The Notes shall be convertible as provided in Article Twelve.
21
<PAGE> 32
The Notes shall be redeemable as provided in Article Eleven.
The Notes shall rank pari passu with the 6.5% Senior Convertible Notes
due 2000 of the Company.
The Notes shall be senior in right of payment to Subordinated
Obligations as provided in Article Fourteen.
SECTION 3.02 Denominations.
The Notes shall be issuable only in bearer form and, in the case of
Bearer Notes, with Coupons attached thereto, and shall be issuable only in
denominations of $10,000 and $50,000.
SECTION 3.03 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.
The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman,
a Vice Chairman, its President or a Vice President under a facsimile of its
corporate seal reproduced thereon and attested by its Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary. The signature of any of these officers on the Notes may be manual
or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such authorized officer
and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Notes.
Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who
were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold
such offices at the date of such Notes.
At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of
this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the
Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the
authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee or the
Authenticating Agent in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate
and deliver such Notes. Such Company Order shall specify the amount of Notes
to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be
authenticated. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time
may not exceed $70,000,000 except for Notes authenticated and delivered in
exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 3.04, 3.05 or
3.08.
Each Note shall be dated as of June 11, 1997.
No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be
valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for in Exhibit
A duly executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by manual or
facsimile signature of an authorized officer, and such certificate upon any
Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has
been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits
of this Indenture.
22
<PAGE> 33
In case the Company, pursuant to Article Eight, shall be consolidated
or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or
otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to
any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or
surviving such merger, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or the
Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other
disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto
with the Trustee pursuant to Article Eight, any of the Notes authenticated or
delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or
other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the successor
Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor
Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but
otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange
and of like principal amount; and the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent, upon
Company Request of the successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes
as specified in such request for the purpose of such exchange.
SECTION 3.04 Temporary Notes.
Pending the preparation of definitive Notes, but in no event prior to
July 22, 1997, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee or
an Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which
are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in
any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes
in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions,
omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such
Notes may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such
Notes.
If temporary Notes are issued, the Company will cause definitive Notes
to be prepared without unreasonable delay, but in no event prior to July 22,
1997. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be
exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the
office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose pursuant to Section
10.02, without charge to the Noteholder. Upon surrender for cancellation of
any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute and the Trustee or
an Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a
like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until
so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same
benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes.
SECTION 3.05 Exchange.
Upon surrender for exchange of any Note at the office or agency of the
Company designated pursuant to Section 10.02, the Company shall execute, and
the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, in the
name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any
authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.
Furthermore, any Holder of the Global Note shall, by acceptance of
such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interest in such Global
Note may be effected only through a book-entry
23
<PAGE> 34
system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that
ownership of a beneficial interest in the Global Note shall be required to be
reflected in a book entry.
At the option of the Noteholder, Notes may be exchanged for other
Notes of the Authorized Denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount,
upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever
any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the
Trustee or an Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes
which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.
All Notes issued upon any exchange of Notes shall be the valid
obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same
benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such exchange.
Every Note presented or surrendered for exchange shall (if so required
by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written
instrument of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee,
duly executed by the Noteholder thereof or such Noteholder's attorney duly
authorized in writing.
No service charge shall be made for any exchange, conversion or
redemption of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
with any exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Sections 3.03,
3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 9.05, or 11.08.
The Company shall not be required (i) to issue or exchange any Note
during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the
selection of Notes to be redeemed under Section 11.04 and ending at the close
of business on the day of such mailing of the relevant notice of redemption,
(ii) to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part,
except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (iii) to
register the transfer of or exchange of any Note during a period beginning five
days before the date of Maturity and ending on such date of Maturity.
SECTION 3.06 Book-Entry Provisions for Global Note.
(a) The Global Note initially shall be delivered to the
Common Depository and shall bear the legends set forth in Section
2.02. Members of, or participants in, Euroclear and Cedel ("Agent
Members") shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to
any Global Note held on their behalf by the Common Depository, or
under the Global Note, and the Common Depository may be treated by the
Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as
the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the
Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from
giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other
authorization furnished by the Common Depository or shall
24
<PAGE> 35
impair, as between the Common Depository and the Agent Members, the
operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights
of a Noteholder.
(b) Transfers of the Global Note shall be limited to
transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to the Common
Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of
beneficial owners in the Global Note may be transferred in accordance
with the rules and procedures of the Common Depository and the
provisions of Section 3.06. Beneficial owners may obtain Bearer Notes
in exchange for their beneficial interests in the Global Note upon
request in accordance with the Common Depository's procedures. In
addition, Bearer Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners
in exchange for their beneficial interests in the Global Note if (i)
the Common Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or
unable to continue as Common Depository for the Global Note and a
successor depository is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of
such notice or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
and the Trustee has received a request from the Common Depository.
(c) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the
beneficial interest in the Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant
to subsection (b) of this Section, the Common Depository shall reflect
on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal
amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount
of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and
the Company shall execute, and the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent
shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Bearer Notes of like tenor
and amount.
(d) In connection with the transfer of the entire Global
Note to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section,
the Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for
cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee or an
Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, to each
beneficial owner identified by the Common Depository in exchange for
its beneficial interest in the Global Note, an equal aggregate
principal amount of Bearer Notes of authorized denominations.
(e) Any Bearer Note delivered in exchange for an interest
in the Global Note pursuant to subsection (b) or subsection (c) of
this Section shall bear the applicable legend regarding transfer
restrictions applicable to the Bearer Note set forth in Section 2.02.
(f) The Holder of the Global Note may grant proxies and
otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons
that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action
which a Noteholder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the
Notes.
(g) Any Bearer Note delivered in exchange for an interest
in the Global Note pursuant to subsection (b) or (c) of this Section
will prior to delivery to the Noteholder have
25
<PAGE> 36
all matured Coupons as of such delivery date, which are attached to
such Bearer Note, cancelled and voided by the Authenticating Agent.
(h) Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize
any transfers (by book-entry or otherwise) of the Global Note prior to
July 22, 1997, it being understood that no transfers of the Global
Note or any beneficial interest may occur until after July 21, 1997.
SECTION 3.07 Special Transfer Provisions.
The Noteholders by acceptance of the Notes hereby covenant and agree
that neither the Notes nor the Conversion Shares will be offered, sold,
transferred, pledged, converted or otherwise disposed of in the United States
or to, or for the account or benefit of, any U.S. Person unless the Notes and
the Conversion Shares have been registered under the Securities Act and any
applicable state securities or blue sky laws or exemptions from the
registration requirements of such laws are available.
SECTION 3.08 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes.
If (i) any mutilated Note or Coupon is surrendered to the Trustee or
the Authenticating Agent, or (ii) the Company and the Trustee receive evidence
to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note or Coupon,
and there is delivered to the Company and the Trustee such security and/or
indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in
the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Note or Coupon
has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon
Company Order the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and
deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or Coupon or in lieu of any
such destroyed, lost or stolen Note or Coupon, a new Note or Coupon of like
tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously Outstanding.
In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note or Coupon
has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion
may, instead of issuing a new Note or Coupon, pay such Note or Coupon, as the
case may be.
Upon the issuance of any new Note or Coupon under this Section, the
Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other
expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and the Authenticating
Agent) connected therewith.
Every new Note or Coupon issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of
any destroyed, lost or stolen Note or Coupon shall constitute an original
additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed,
lost or stolen Note or Coupon shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and
shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately
with any and all other Notes or Coupons duly issued hereunder.
26
<PAGE> 37
The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to
the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the
replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note or Coupon.
Any new Note issued under this Section 3.08 in lieu of any destroyed,
lost or stolen Note shall be issued by the Authenticating Agent with all
matured Coupons as of such date of issuance cancelled or voided.
SECTION 3.09 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.
Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly
provided for, on any Interest Payment Date, shall be paid to the bearer against
presentation and surrender (or in the case of part payment only, endorsement)
of the relevant Coupons, outside of the United States at the corporate trust
office or agency of any Paying Agent maintained for such purpose pursuant to
Section 10.02.
Each such payment will be made at the specified office of any Paying
Agent, at the option of the Holder of such Coupon, by U.S. dollar cheque drawn
on, or by transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank
in Europe subject in all cases to any applicable fiscal or other laws and
regulations.
Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note
delivered under this Indenture in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note
shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which
were carried by such other Note.
SECTION 3.10 Persons Deemed Owners.
Subject to the provision of Section 3.14 and except with respect to
any unmatured Coupon, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or
the Trustee may treat the Person who is the bearer of any Note or Coupon as the
owner of such Note or Coupon for the purpose of receiving payment of principal
of and (subject to Sections 3.05 and 3.09) interest on such Note and for all
other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of the
Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be
affected by notice to the contrary.
SECTION 3.11 Cancellation.
All Notes surrendered for payment, conversion, redemption or exchange
shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the
Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time
deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and
delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner
whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery
to the Trustee) for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder
which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Notes so delivered shall be
promptly cancelled by the Trustee. If the Company shall
27
<PAGE> 38
so acquire any of the Notes, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a
redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless
and until the same are surrendered to the Paying and Conversion Agent for
cancellation. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for
any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted
by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Paying and Conversion Agent
shall be disposed of by the Paying and Conversion Agent in accordance with its
customary procedures and certification of their disposal delivered to the
Company unless by Company Order the Company shall direct that cancelled Notes
be returned to it.
SECTION 3.12 Computation of Interest.
Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
of twelve 30-day months and, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of
days elapsed.
SECTION 3.13 ISIN, CUSIP Or Other Identifying Numbers.
The Company in issuing the Notes may use "ISIN", "CUSIP" or other
identifying numbers (if then generally in use), and the Trustee shall use ISIN,
CUSIP or other identifying numbers in notices of redemption, conversion or
exchange, and any other notice provided for the benefit of the Noteholders, as
a convenience to Noteholders; provided that any such notice shall state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed
on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, conversion or
exchange or other notice.
SECTION 3.14 Prescription.
Notes and Coupons will become void unless presented for payment within
periods of ten (10) years (in the case of principal) and five (5) years (in the
case of interest) from the Relevant Date in respect of the Notes or the
Coupons, as the case may be, subject to the provisions of Section 11.09.
ARTICLE FOUR
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
SECTION 4.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.
This Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further
effect (except as to surviving rights of conversion or redemption of Notes
herein expressly provided for and the Company's obligations to the Trustee
pursuant to Section 6.06) and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall
execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture when:
(a) either:
28
<PAGE> 39
(i) all Notes theretofore authenticated and
delivered (other than (1) Notes which have been destroyed, lost,
mutilated or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in
Section 3.08 and (2) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been
deposited in trust with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or segregated
and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company
or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 10.03) have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
(ii) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable, or (2)
will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity, within one year,
or (3) are to be called for redemption within one year under
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of
redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the
Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be
deposited with the Trustee as trust funds, which may include any amount
then held in the Segregated Account which the Company designates to the
Trustee shall be used for such purpose, in trust for the purpose an
amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such
Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for
principal and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of
Notes which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or
Redemption Date, as the case may be;
(b) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other
sums payable hereunder by the Company; and
(c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the
obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 6.06 and, if money
shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (ii) of clause
(a) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.02 and the
last paragraph of Section 10.03 shall survive.
SECTION 4.02 Application of Trust Money.
Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all
money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 shall be held in
trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and
this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent
(including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and interest for
whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money
need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
29
<PAGE> 40
ARTICLE FIVE
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
SECTION 5.01 Events of Default.
"Event of Default," wherever used herein, means any one of the
following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it
shall be occasioned by the provisions of Article Fourteen or be voluntary or
involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment,
decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body) which shall have occurred and is
continuing:
(a) if default is made for a period of five (5) Business
Days or more in the payment of interest or principal due in respect of
the Notes or any of them; or
(b) if the Company fails to perform or observe any of its
other obligations, covenants, conditions or provisions under the
Notes, this Indenture, the Company's 6.5% Senior Convertible Notes Due
2000 (the "6.5% European Notes") or the trust indenture pursuant to
which such 6.5% European Notes were issued, and (except where the
Trustee shall have certified to the Company in writing that it
considers such failure to be incapable of remedy in which case no such
notice or continuation as is hereinafter mentioned will be required)
such failure continues for the period of 30 calendar days (or such
longer period as the Trustee may in its absolute discretion permit)
next following the service by the Trustee on the Company of notice
requiring the same to be remedied; or
(c) if (i) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any
Principal Subsidiary becomes due and payable prior to its Stated
Maturity by reason of an event of default (howsoever defined) or (ii)
any such Indebtedness of the Company or any Principal Subsidiary is
not paid when due or, as the case may be, within any applicable grace
period or (iii) the Company or any Principal Subsidiary fails to pay
when due (or, as the case may be, within any applicable grace period)
any amount payable by it under any present or future guarantee for, or
indemnity in respect of, any Indebtedness of any Person or (iv) any
security given by the Company or any Principal Subsidiary for any
Indebtedness of any Person or any guarantee or indemnity of
Indebtedness of any Person by the Company or any Principal Subsidiary
becomes enforceable by reason of default in relation thereto and steps
are taken to enforce such security save in any such case where there
is a bona fide dispute as to whether the relevant Indebtedness or any
such guarantee or indemnity as aforesaid shall be due and payable
(following any applicable grace period), provided that in each such
case the Indebtedness exceeds in the aggregate U.S.$1,000,000 and in
each such case such event continues unremedied for a period of 30
calendar days (or such longer period as the Trustee may in its sole
discretion consent to in writing upon receipt of written notice from
the Company); or
30
<PAGE> 41
(d) if the Company or any Principal Subsidiary shall
generally fail to pay its debts as such debts come due (except debts
which the Company or such Principal Subsidiary, as the case may be,
may contest in good faith generally) or shall be declared or
adjudicated by a competent court to be insolvent or bankrupt, shall
consent to the entry of an order of relief against it in an
involuntary bankruptcy case, shall enter into any assignment or other
similar arrangement for the benefit of its creditors or shall consent
to the appointment of a custodian (including, without limitation, a
receiver, liquidator or trustee); or
(e) if a receiver, administrative receiver, administrator
or other similar official shall be appointed in relation to the
Company or any Principal Subsidiary or in relation to the whole or a
substantial part of the undertaking or assets of any of them or a
distress, execution or other process shall be levied or enforced upon
or sued out against, or an encumbrancer shall take possession of, the
whole or a substantial part of the assets of any of them and in any
of the foregoing cases is not paid out or discharged within 90
calendar days (or such longer period as the Trustee may in its
absolute discretion consent to in writing upon receipt of written
notice from the Company); or
(f) if the Company or any Principal Subsidiary institutes
proceedings to be adjudicated a voluntary bankrupt, or shall consent
to the filing of a bankruptcy proceeding against it, or shall file a
petition or answer or consent seeking organization under the laws of
the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any similar applicable U.S. federal,
state or foreign law, or shall consent to the filing of any such
petition, or shall consent to the appointment of a receiver or
liquidator or trustee or assignee (or other similar official) in
bankruptcy or insolvency of it or its property, or shall make an
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in writing its
inability to pay its debts generally as they come due; or
(g) if a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction
in the premises shall have been entered adjudging the Company or any
Principal Subsidiary a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly
filed a petition seeking the reorganization of the Company or any
Principal Subsidiary under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other
similar applicable U.S. federal, state or foreign law, and such decree
or order shall have continued undischarged or unstayed for a period of
90 calendar days; or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction
in the premises for the appointment of a receiver or liquidator or
trustee or assignee (or other similar official) in bankruptcy or
insolvency of the Company or any Principal Subsidiary or of all or
substantially all of its property, or for the winding up or
liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered, and such decree
or order shall have continued undischarged and unstayed for a period
of 90 calendar days; or
(h) if a warranty, representation, or other statement
made by or on behalf of the Company contained in this Indenture, the
Notes or any certificate or other agreement furnished in compliance
with such documents is false in any material respect when made and
(except where the Trustee shall have certified to the Company that it
considers such falsity to be incapable of remedy, in which case no
such notice or continuation as is hereinafter
31
<PAGE> 42
mentioned will be required) such falsity continues for a period of 30
calendar days (or such longer period as the Trustee may in its
absolute discretion permit) next following the service by the Trustee
on the Company of notice requiring the same to be remedied; or
(i) if there is any final judgment or judgments for the
payment of money exceeding in the aggregate U.S.$1,000,000 outstanding
against the Company or any Principal Subsidiary which has been
outstanding for more than 60 calendar days from the date of its entry
and shall not have otherwise been discharged in full or stayed by
appeal, bond or otherwise.
SECTION 5.02 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in
Section 5.01(f) or 5.01(g)) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such
case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes may, and the Trustee upon the request of the Holders of not
less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall, declare the
principal amount of all the Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a
notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Noteholders),
and upon any such declaration such principal amount shall become immediately
due and payable.
If an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01(f) or 5.01(g) occurs
and is continuing, then the principal amount of all the Notes shall ipso facto
become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act
on the part of the Trustee or any Noteholder.
At any time after a declaration of acceleration has been made and
before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by
the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company
and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if
(a) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a
sum sufficient to pay
(i) all overdue interest on all Outstanding
Notes,
(ii) all unpaid principal of any Outstanding Notes
which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of
acceleration, and interest on such unpaid principal at the
rate prescribed therefor in the Notes,
(iii) to the extent that payment of such interest
is legally enforceable, interest on overdue interest at the
rate prescribed therefor in the Notes, and
(iv) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee
hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel; and
32
<PAGE> 43
(b) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of
amounts of principal of or interest on Notes which have become due
solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived
as provided in Section 5.13.
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any
right consequent thereon.
SECTION 5.03 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement
by Trustee.
The Company covenants that if
(a) default is made in the payment of any instalment of
interest on any Note when such interest becomes due and payable and
such default continues for a period of five (5) Business Days, or
(b) default is made in the payment of the principal of
any Note at the Maturity thereof and such default continues for a
period of five (5) Business Days,
the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee for the
benefit of the Holders of such Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on
such Notes for principal and interest, and interest on any overdue principal
and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable,
upon any overdue instalment of interest, at the rate prescribed therefor in the
Notes, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to
cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel.
If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand,
the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute
a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may
prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same
against the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys
adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the
property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in
its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the
Noteholders by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem
most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific
enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the
exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.
SECTION 5.04 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation,
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other
judicial proceeding relative to the
33
<PAGE> 44
Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or the property of the Company or
of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether
the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed
or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall
have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or
interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding
or otherwise,
(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of
principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to
file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable
in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Noteholders allowed in
such judicial proceeding, and
(b) to collect and receive any moneys or other property
payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or
similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Noteholder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the
Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the
Noteholders, to pay the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.06.
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan
of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes
or the rights of any Noteholder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in
respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding.
SECTION 5.05 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of
Notes.
All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may
be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the
Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any
such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name and
as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after
provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the
ratable benefit of the Noteholders in respect of which such judgment has been
recovered.
SECTION 5.06 Application of Money Collected.
Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be
applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and,
in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or interest,
upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only
partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
34
<PAGE> 45
FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under
Section 6.06;
SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for
principal of and interest on the Notes in respect of which or for the
benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without
preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
payable on such Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and
THIRD: The balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled
thereto.
SECTION 5.07 Limitation on Suits.
No Noteholder shall have any right to institute any proceeding,
judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment
of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:
(a) such Noteholder has previously given written notice
to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default, with a copy of such
notice to the Company;
(b) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount
of the Outstanding Notes shall have made written request to the
Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default
in its own name as Trustee hereunder;
(c) such Noteholder or Noteholders have offered to the
Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and
liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;
(d) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such
notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any
such proceeding; and
(e) no direction inconsistent with such written request
has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders
of a majority or more in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes;
it being understood and intended that no one or more Noteholders shall have any
right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of
this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other
Noteholders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any
other Noteholders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the
manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the
Noteholders.
SECTION 5.08 Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal
and Interest.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of
any Note or of any Coupon, as the case may be, shall have the right, which is
absolute and unconditional, to receive
35
<PAGE> 46
payment, as provided herein (including, if applicable, Article Thirteen) and in
such Note of the principal of and (subject to Section 3.09) interest on, such
Note on the respective Stated Maturity or expressed in such Note (or, in the
case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) or Coupon and to institute suit for
the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired
without the consent of such Holder; provided, that all monies paid by the
Company to the Paying Agent for the payment of principal or interest on any
Note which remain unclaimed at the end of two (2) years after the Stated
Maturity or Redemption Date of such Note will be repaid to the Company and the
Holder of any Note or Coupon shall thereafter have only the rights of a
creditor of the Company or such rights as may be otherwise provided by
applicable law.
SECTION 5.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
If the Trustee or any Noteholder has instituted any proceeding to
enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to
the Trustee or to such Noteholder, then and in every such case, subject to any
determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Noteholders
shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions
hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the
Noteholders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
SECTION 5.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in the last paragraph of
Section 3.08, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the
Trustee or to the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or
remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be
cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or
now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or
employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent
the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or
remedy.
SECTION 5.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.
No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to
exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair
any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or
an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by
law to the Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time,
and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Noteholders,
as the case may be.
SECTION 5.12 Control by Noteholders.
The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any
36
<PAGE> 47
remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on
the Trustee, provided that in each case:
(a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule
of law or with this Indenture,
(b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper
by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and
(c) the Trustee need not take any action which might
involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the
Noteholders not joining in such direction.
SECTION 5.13 Waiver of Past Defaults.
Subject to Section 5.02, the Holders of not less than a majority in
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all
the Notes waive any past default hereunder and its consequences, except a
default
(a) in respect of the payment of the principal of or
interest on any Note, or
(b) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which
under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent
of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected.
Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event
of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every
purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
SECTION 5.14 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.
The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that
it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever
claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever
enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants
or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it
may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any
such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution
of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the
execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
SECTION 5.15 Undertaking for Costs.
All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by
such Noteholder's acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any
court may in its discretion require, in
37
<PAGE> 48
any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in
any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as
Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay
the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party
litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the
claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this
Section shall not be deemed to require any court to require an undertaking or
to make such an assessment in any suit instituted by the Company except against
the Trustee.
ARTICLE SIX
THE TRUSTEE
SECTION 6.01 Notice of Defaults.
Within 90 days after the occurrence of any Default hereunder, the
Trustee shall publish notice of such Default hereunder known to the Trustee,
unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that,
except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest
on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and
so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee
of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith
determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the
Noteholders.
SECTION 6.02 Certain Rights of Trustee.
(a) The Trustee may request and rely and shall be
protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any Extraordinary
Resolution, Act, Notice or other resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent,
order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other
paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed
or presented by the proper party or parties.
(b) Any request or direction of the Company mentioned
herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company
Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently
evidenced by a Board Resolution.
(c) Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the
Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established
prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the
Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may,
in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers'
Certificate.
(d) The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written
advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and
complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance
thereon.
38
<PAGE> 49
(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise
any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the
request or direction of any of the Noteholders pursuant to this
Indenture, unless such Noteholders shall have offered to the Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses
(including reasonable fees of Trustee's counsel), and liabilities
which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or
direction.
(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any
investigation into the facts or matters stated in any Extraordinary
Resolution, Act, Notice or other resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent,
order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other
paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such
further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may
see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further
inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books,
records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or
attorney.
(g) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers
hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or
through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible
for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney
appointed with due care by it hereunder.
(h) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be
authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon
it by this Indenture.
(i) The permissive right of the Trustee to take or
refrain from taking any actions enumerated in this Indenture shall not
be confused as a duty and the Trustee shall not be answerable in such
actions other than for its own negligence or wilful misconduct.
The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties
hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have
reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
SECTION 6.03 Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of
Notes.
The recitals contained herein in the Notes, except for the Trustee's
certificates of authentication, and in the Coupons, shall be taken as the
statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their
correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or
sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes or the Coupons or of the
Conversion Shares, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly
authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and
perform its obligations hereunder. The Trustee shall not be accountable for
the use or application by the Company of Notes or the proceeds thereof.
39
<PAGE> 50
SECTION 6.04 May Hold Notes.
The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Conversion Agent, any
Authenticating Agent or any other agent of the Company or of the Trustee, in
its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes
and the Coupons and may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, any
Authenticating Agent or such other agent.
SECTION 6.05 Money Held in Trust.
Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated
from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be
under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as
otherwise agreed with the Company.
SECTION 6.06 Compensation and Reimbursement.
The Company agrees:
(a) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable
compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which
compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to
the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);
(b) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to
reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses,
disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in
accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the
reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its
agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance
as may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or wilful
misconduct; and
(c) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless
against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or
bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the
acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and
expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in
connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or
duties hereunder.
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders service in connection with
an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01 (f) or Section 5.01 (g), the
expenses (including the reasonable charges of its counsel) and the compensation
for the services are intended to constitute expenses of the administration
under any applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency or other
similar law.
As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company
under this Section, the Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Notes upon all
property and funds held or collected by the
40
<PAGE> 51
Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of or
interest on particular Notes.
The provision of this Section shall survive the termination of this
Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee. Any Paying
Agent or Authenticating Agent appointed hereunder shall be entitled to the
benefits of Section 6.06 (c) as if the indemnity set forth therefor were
specifically afforded to such Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent.
SECTION 6.07 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.
There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be
eligible to act as Trustee and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at
least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least
annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of federal, state, territorial
or District of Colombia supervising or examining authority, then for the
purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation
shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most
recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall
cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it
shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter
specified in this Article.
SECTION 6.08 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.
(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no
appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall
become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor
Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section
6.09.
(b) The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written
notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a
successor Trustee required by Section 6.09 shall not have been
delivered to the Trustee within thirty (30) days after the giving of
such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any
court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee.
(c) The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the
Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.
(d) If at any time:
(i) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under
Section 6.07 and shall fail to resign after written request
therefor by the Company or by any Noteholder who has been a
bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six (6) months, or
(ii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting
or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of
the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed
41
<PAGE> 52
or any public officer shall take charge or control of the
Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of
rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, or
(iii) the Trustee shall fail or refuse to timely
carry out and discharge its duties hereunder,
then, in any such case, (i) the Company, by a Board Resolution, may
remove the Trustee, or (ii) any Noteholder who has been a bona fide
Holder of a Note for at least six (6) months may, on behalf of such
Noteholder and all others similarly situated, petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the
appointment of a successor Trustee.
(e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become
incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of
Trustee for any reason, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall
promptly appoint a successor Trustee. If, within one year after such
resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such
vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered
to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so
appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment,
become the successor Trustee and supersede the successor Trustee
appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee shall have been so
appointed by the Company or the Noteholders and accepted appointment
in the manner hereinafter provided, any Noteholder who has been a bona
fide Holder of a Note for at least six (6) months may, on behalf of
such Noteholder and all others similarly situated, petition any court
of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and
each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor
Trustee to the Noteholders in the manner provided for in Section 1.08.
Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the
address of its Corporate Trust Office.
SECTION 6.09 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.
Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge
and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting
such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring
Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further
act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers,
trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Company or
the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its
charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor
Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall
duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and
money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder, including any funds held in the
Segregated Account, whether or not invested. Upon request of any such
successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for
42
<PAGE> 53
more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee
all such rights, powers and trusts.
No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time
of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under
this Article.
SECTION 6.10 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to
Business.
Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or
with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any
merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or
any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust
business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder,
provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this
Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the
part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been
authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor
by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt
such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect
as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes; and in case
at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor
Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor
hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all such cases such
certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in
this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have;
provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of
any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor
Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion
or consolidation.
SECTION 6.11 Certain Duties and Responsibilities.
(a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default
with respect to the Notes,
(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties
and only such duties with respect to the Notes as are
specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied
covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes shall be
read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the
Trustee may conclusively rely as to the truth of the
statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed
therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the
Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture;
but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by
any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished
to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine
the same to determine whether or not they conform to the
requirements of this Indenture, but not to verify the contents
thereof.
43
<PAGE> 54
(b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual
knowledge, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers
vested in it by this Indenture with respect to the Notes, and use the
same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person
would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such
person's own affairs.
(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to
relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its
own negligent failure to act, or its own wilful misconduct, except
that:
(i) this Subsection shall not be construed to
limit the effect of Subsection (a) of this Section;
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error
of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer,
unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in
ascertaining the pertinent facts;
(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect
to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith
in accordance with the direction of the Noteholders, given as
provided in Section 5.12, relating to the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to
the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon
the Trustee, under this Indenture; and
(iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require
the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur
any financial liability in the performance of any of its
duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or
powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that
repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such
risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every
provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the
liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject
to the provisions of this Section.
SECTION 6.12 Segregated Account.
(a) On the Closing Date or the day immediately following
the Closing Date the net proceeds received from the sale of the Notes
shall be transferred to the Segregated Account to be held until such
time as such proceeds may be distributed to the Company in accordance
with this Section or used by the Company in accordance with the
provisions of Article Four and Article Thirteen hereof.
(b) On the Closing Date or the date immediately following
the Closing Date, the Company will establish the Segregated Account
with the Trustee on behalf of the Company.
44
<PAGE> 55
The Trustee shall have a duty to invest the funds held in the
Segregated Account from time to time in accordance with any Company
Request received by the Trustee from the Company from time to time.
Funds held by the Trustee will be invested and reinvested in Permitted
Investments as directed in writing by the Company. Interest earned on
investments made with the funds in the Segregated Account from time to
time and on deposit in the Segregated Account will be held for the
account of the Company and also invested in accordance with the
instructions provided by the Company from time to time in a Company
Order in Permitted Investments. The Trustee will distribute such
earnings to the Company upon written request.
(c) Upon conversion of any Note, whether represented by
an interest in the Global Note or a Bearer Note, into Conversion
Shares pursuant to Article Twelve, from time to time, the Company may
request that the Trustee make a distribution to the Company of funds
held in the Segregated Account in an amount equal to the principal
amount of such Note. The balance of the principal amount for such
Note remaining on deposit in the Segregated Account at the Conversion
Date shall be distributed to the Company without regard to the then
current Asset Value Coverage Ratio; provided, however, that no such
distribution shall be made if an Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing. In addition, the Company may from time to time
request that the Trustee distribute to the Company any other funds
held in the Segregated Account. The Trustee shall distribute to the
Company such funds held in the Segregated Account to the extent that
the Company on the date of such request provides the documents
specified in Section 6.12(d) to the Trustee.
(d) Upon making any written request to the Trustee for a
distribution of a portion of the funds, including any earnings
thereon, held in the Segregated Account, the Company will present to
the Trustee a certificate from the chief financial officer of the
Company including items (a) through (d) of Section 1.04 and in the
form set forth as Exhibit D stating that (i) the required Asset Value
Coverage Ratio has (A) been met in accordance with Section 10.13 as of
the date of such request and (B) will be met, following distribution
of such funds from the Segregated Account (which certification may be
based on assets subject to the Asset Value Coverage Ratio acquired
subsequent to the end of the most recent fiscal year), (ii) to the
knowledge of the Company no Event of Default with respect to any of
the Notes has occurred and is continuing at the date of such
certificate (except in the case of funds to be immediately deposited
with Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01), and (iii) requesting a
specific distribution. Such chief financial officer's certificate
shall be accompanied by Independent Reserve Reports. Upon receipt of
the chief financial officer's certificate and the Independent Reserve
Reports, the Trustee shall distribute the corresponding portion of the
funds held in the Segregated Account to the Company as requested;
provided that any chief financial officer's certificate delivered to
the Trustee pursuant to Article Four or Article Thirteen shall not be
required to contain the statements set forth in subparts (i) and (ii)
above. The Trustee shall have no obligation or liability to verify
the truthfulness or accuracy of the chief financial officer's
certificate or the Independent Reserve Reports presented and likewise
will have no liability for relying
45
<PAGE> 56
exclusively on such documents to verify the permissibility of a
distribution of funds from the Segregated Account to the Company as
requested.
(e) At any time after Maturity, the Company may request
that the Trustee distribute the funds held in the Segregated Account
to the Company. Upon making any such request, the Company shall
present an Officer's Certificate including items (a) through (d) of
Section 1.04 and stating that all principal and interest due at any
time on the Notes up to and through Maturity has been paid to the
Trustee.
(f) The Company may at any time and from time to time
deposit funds in the Segregated Account in order to meet the required
Asset Value Coverage Ratio or to supplement or replace any Required
Assets designated in the most recent chief financial officer's
certificate as part of the Asset Value Coverage Ratio with other or
additional assets eligible for inclusion as Required Assets, provided
that prior to any such change in the allocation of Required Assets,
the Company shall provide a substitute chief financial officer's
certificate evidencing that the required Asset Value Coverage Ratio
shall be met after such deposit, supplement or replacement is
effective, as the case may be.
SECTION 6.13 Meetings of Noteholders.
(a) The Trustee or the Noteholders may convene a meeting
at any time and from time to time to consider any matter affecting the
interests of the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, including the
modification of the Terms and Conditions or this Indenture and to
make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to
be made, given or taken by Holders of the Notes.
(b) The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of the
Holders of the Notes for any purpose specified in Section 6.13(a), to
be held at such time and at such place in the Borough of Manhattan,
The City of New York, or in the City of London, England, as the
Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Holders of
the Notes, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in
general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall
be given in the manner provided in Section 1.08, not less than 21 nor
more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.
(c) In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Board
Resolution, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have requested the Trustee to
call a meeting of the Holder of the Notes for any purpose other than
specified in Section 6.13(a), by written request setting forth in
reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and
the Trustee shall not have made the first publication of the notice of
such meeting within 21 days after receipt of such request or shall not
thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein,
then the Company or the Holders of the Notes in the amount specified,
as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in the
Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or in the City of London,
46
<PAGE> 57
England, for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes
by giving notice thereof as provided in Section 1.08.
(d) To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of
the Notes, a Person shall be (i) a Holder of one or more Outstanding
Notes, or (ii) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy
for a Holder or Holders of one or more Outstanding Notes by such
Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be
present or to speak at any meeting of Noteholders shall be the Persons
entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any
representatives of the Trustee and the Company, and their respective
counsel.
(e) The quorum at any meeting for passing any
Extraordinary Resolution will be one or more Persons present holding
or representing 50% or more in principal amount of the Outstanding
Notes as of the date of the meeting, or at any adjourned such meeting
one or more Persons present whatever the principal amount of the Notes
held or represented by such Person and the vote required for passing
an Extraordinary Resolution at such meeting will be not less than a
majority of the principal amount of the Outstanding Notes and
represented at such meeting or adjournment thereof; provided, that at
any meeting, the business of which includes the modification of the
provisions of the Terms and Conditions (including Condition 8) and the
provisions of this Indenture, the necessary quorum and vote required
for passing an Extraordinary Resolution will be one or more Persons
present holding or representing not less than a majority, or at any
adjourned such meeting not less than one-third, of the principal
amount of the Outstanding Notes. An Extraordinary Resolution passed
at any meeting of the Holders of the Notes will be binding on all
Holders of the Notes, whether or not such Noteholders are present at
the meeting, and on the Holders of all Coupons.
(f) The Trustee may agree, without the consent of the
Holders of the Notes or the Coupons, to any modification (subject to
certain exceptions) of, or to the waiver or authorization of any
breach or proposed breach of, any of the Terms and Conditions or any
of the provisions of this Indenture which is not, in the opinion of
the Trustee materially prejudicial to the interests of the Holders of
the Notes or the Coupons or which is of a formal, minor or technical
nature or to correct a manifest error.
SECTION 6.14 Authenticating Agents.
The Principal Paying and Conversion Agent may authenticate the Global
Note, the Temporary Notes and the Notes, as the Trustee's Authenticating Agent.
The Trustee may, with the written consent of the Company, appoint an additional
Authenticating Agent acceptable to the Company with respect to the Notes which
shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes
issued upon exchange or substitution pursuant to this Indenture.
Notes authenticated by an Authenticating Agent shall be entitled to
the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all
purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee
47
<PAGE> 58
hereunder, and every reference in this Indenture to the authentication and
delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee's certificate of authentication
shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee
by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on
behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. The Notes shall have endorsed
thereon the certificate of authentication set forth in Exhibits A and B hereto.
Each Authenticating Agent shall be subject to acceptance by the Company and
shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws
of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Colombia,
Luxembourg, or England and Wales authorised under such laws to act as
Authenticating Agent and subject to supervision or examination by government or
other fiscal authority. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to
be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.14, such
Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect
specified in this Section 6.14.
Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or
converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting
from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent
shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or
corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an
Authenticating Agent; provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible
under this Section 6.14, without the execution or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.
An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written
notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time
terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice
thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a
notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such
Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 6.14, the Trustee may appoint a successor
Authenticating Agent which shall be subject to acceptance by the Company.
The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to
time reasonable compensation for this service under Section 6.14.
ARTICLE SEVEN
NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY COMPANY
SECTION 7.01 Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Noteholders.
Every Noteholder, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the
Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent
of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any
such information as to the names and addresses of the Noteholders regardless of
the source from which such information was derived.
48
<PAGE> 59
SECTION 7.02 Reports by Company.
The Company shall:
(a) file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the
Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of
the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports
(or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission
may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the
Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or, if the Company is
not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to
either of said Sections, then, on the 120th day following the initial
issuance of the Notes and annually thereafter, it shall file with the
Trustee, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time
to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic
information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to
Section 13 of the Exchange Act in respect of a security listed and
registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from
time to time in such rules and regulations;
(b) file with the Trustee, in accordance with rules and
regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such
additional information, documents and reports with respect to
compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants of this
Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and
regulations; and
(c) file with the Trustee within 90 days after the end of
its fiscal year, a copy of one or more Independent Reserve Reports
dated as of the end of such fiscal year.
ARTICLE EIGHT
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER, OR LEASE
SECTION 8.01 Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.
The Company will not merge or consolidate with or sell, convey,
transfer or lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:
(a) the Company shall have complied with its obligations
under Section 10.17 (if applicable);
(b) either (i) the Company shall be the surviving Person
or (ii) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which
acquired by conveyance or transfer, or which leases, the properties
and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety (1) shall be a
Person organized and validly
49
<PAGE> 60
existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state
thereof or the District of Colombia and (2) shall expressly assume, by
a trust indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the
Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Company's obligation
for the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on
all the Notes and the performance and observance of every covenant of
this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;
(c) immediately after giving effect to such transaction
(and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the
Company in connection with or as a result of such transaction as
having been incurred at the time of such transaction), no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(d) the Company or such Person shall have delivered to
the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease
and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such
transaction, such supplemental indenture complies with Article 9 and
that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such
transaction have been complied with.
SECTION 8.02 Successor Substituted.
Upon any consolidation of the Company with or merger of the Company
with or into any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of the
properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety to any Person
in accordance with Section 8.01, the successor Person formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance,
transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the
same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein,
and in the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Company (which term
shall for this purpose mean the Person named as the "Company" in the first
paragraph of this Indenture or any successor Person which shall theretofore
become such in the manner described in Section 8.01), except in the case of a
lease, shall be discharged of all obligations and covenants under this
Indenture and the Notes and may be dissolved and liquidated.
ARTICLE NINE
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
SECTION 9.01 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of
Noteholders.
Without the consent of any Noteholders, the Company, when authorized
by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may
enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to
the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:
50
<PAGE> 61
(a) to evidence the succession of another Person to the
Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of
the Company contained herein and in the Notes; or
(b) to add to the covenants of the Company for the
benefit of the Noteholders or to surrender any right or power herein
conferred upon the Company; or
(c) to add any additional Events of Default; or
(d) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of
appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee pursuant to the
requirements of Section 6.09; or
(e) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any
provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision
herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or
questions arising under this Indenture; provided that such action
shall not adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders in any
material respect; or
(f) to secure the Notes pursuant to the requirements of
Section 10.11 or otherwise.
SECTION 9.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders.
With the consent of the Noteholders of not less than a majority in
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by Act of said Noteholders delivered
to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board
Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures
supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders under this Indenture;
provided, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the
Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby:
(a) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or
any instalment of principal of or interest on, any Note, or reduce the
principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon, or change
the coin or currency in which any Note or the interest thereon is
payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of
any such payment after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of
redemption, on or after the Redemption Date), or
(b) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any
such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is
required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this
Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences
provided for in this Indenture, or
51
<PAGE> 62
(c) modify any of the provisions of this Section or
Section 5.13, except to increase any such percentage or to provide
that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or
waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note
affected thereby; provided, that this clause shall not be deemed to
require the consent of any Noteholder with respect to changes in the
references to "the Trustee" and concomitant changes in this Section
and elsewhere, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the
requirements of Section 6.09 and 9.01(d), or
(d) modify any of the provisions of Section 10.11 or any
of the provisions of this Indenture relating to the subordination of
the Note in a manner adverse to the Holders thereof.
It shall not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this
Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture,
but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.
SECTION 9.03 Execution of Supplemental Indentures.
In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any
supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby
of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to
receive, and (subject to Section 6.11) shall be fully protected in relying
upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental
indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but
shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which
affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or
otherwise.
SECTION 9.04 Effect of Supplemental Indentures.
Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article,
this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental
indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every
Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder
shall be bound thereby.
SECTION 9.05 Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures.
Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by
the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter
provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so
determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee
and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and
executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in
exchange for Outstanding Notes.
52
<PAGE> 63
SECTION 9.06 Notice of Supplemental Indentures.
Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.02, the Company
shall give notice thereof to the Holders of each Outstanding Note affected, in
the manner provided for in Section 1.08, setting forth in general terms the
substance of such supplemental indenture.
ARTICLE TEN
COVENANTS
SECTION 10.01 Payment of Principal and Interest.
The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Noteholders
and the Couponholders that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and
interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this
Indenture.
SECTION 10.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
The Company will maintain in Luxembourg and in not less than one other
European city an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered
for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for conversion or exchange and
where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and
this Indenture may be served. The office of the Luxembourg Paying Agent at 43
Boulevard Royal, L-2955 Luxembourg and the corporate trust office of the
Principal Paying Agent at Mariner House, Pepys Street, London EC3N 4DA, England
shall be such offices or agencies of the Company, unless the Company shall
designate and maintain some other offices or agencies for one or more of such
purposes pursuant to the terms of that certain Paying and Conversion Agency
Agreement of even date herewith (the "Agency Agreement"). The Company will
give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any
such offices or agencies. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain
any such required offices or agencies or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with
the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be
made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company
hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands.
The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies (in or outside of Europe) where the Notes may be presented
or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind
any such designation; provided, that no such designation or rescission shall in
any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or
agency in Europe for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written
notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in
the location of any such other office or agency.
53
<PAGE> 64
SECTION 10.03 Money for Payments to Be Held in Trust.
If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it will,
on or before each due date of the principal of or interest on any of the Notes,
segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a
sum sufficient to pay the principal or interest so becoming due until such sums
shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and
will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.
Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for the
Notes, it will, on or before 3:00 p.m. (London time) on the Business Day
immediately preceding each due date of the principal of or interest on any
Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal or
interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the
Persons entitled to such principal or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent
is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of such action or
any failure so to act.
Pursuant to the terms of the Agency Agreement, each Paying Agent shall
agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such
Paying Agent will:
(a) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the
principal of or interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of the
Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons
or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;
(b) give the Trustee notice of any Default by the Company
in the making of any payment of principal or interest; and
(c) at any time during the continuance of any such
Default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the
Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.
The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or
by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held
in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the
Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the
Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the
Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with
respect to such sums.
Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held
by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of or interest on any
Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal or interest has
become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if
then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder
of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to
the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such
Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company
as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however,
54
<PAGE> 65
that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such
repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the
Authorized Newspapers, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after
a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of
such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be
repaid to the Company.
SECTION 10.04 Corporate Existence.
The Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, rights
(charter and statutory) and franchises of the Company; provided, however, that
the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if
the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no
longer in the best interests of the Company and its Principal Subsidiaries as a
whole and the conduct of their collective businesses, and that the loss thereof
is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Noteholders; and
provided, further, that nothing contained in this Section 10.04 shall prohibit
any transaction permitted by Article Eight or Sections such as 10.14.
SECTION 10.05 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.
The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged,
before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all taxes, assessments and
governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Principal
Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any
Principal Subsidiary and (b) all lawful claims for labour, materials and
supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of the
Company or any Principal Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall
not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such
tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.
SECTION 10.06 Maintenance of Properties.
The Company will cause all properties owned by the Company or any
Principal Subsidiary or used or held for use in the conduct of its business or
the business of any Principal Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good
condition, repair and working order (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and
supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary
repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as
in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on
in connection therewith may be conducted at all times; provided, however, that
nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company from discontinuing the
maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the
judgment of the Company, desirable in the conduct of its business or the
business of any Principal Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material
respect to the Noteholders, and provided, further, that nothing contained in
this Section 10.06 shall prohibit any transaction permitted by Article Eight or
Section 10.11.
55
<PAGE> 66
SECTION 10.07 Insurance.
The Company will at all times keep all of the Company's and its
Principal Subsidiaries' properties which are of an insurable nature insured
with insurers, believed by the Company to be responsible, against loss or
damage to the extent that property of similar character is usually so insured
by Corporations similarly situated and owning like properties in similar
geographic areas in which the Company or such Principal Subsidiary operates;
provided that such insurance is generally available at commercially reasonable
rates, and provided further that the Company or such Principal Subsidiary may
self-insure directly or through captive insurers or insurance cooperatives, to
the extent that the Company determines that such practice is consistent with
prudent business practices. Such insurance shall be in such amount, on such
terms, in such forms and for such periods as are customary for similarly
situated Persons in the Company's industry or in insurance markets available to
the Company.
SECTION 10.08 Statement by Officers as to Default.
The Company will deliver to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office,
within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a brief Officers'
Certificate including a statement by the officer executing such certificate
that in the course of performing his or her duties as an officer of the Company
such officer would normally obtain knowledge of (i) whether or not any Default
exists in the performance and observation of any terms, provisions and
conditions of this Indenture and (ii) whether or not the Company has otherwise
kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture in
all material respects. Such Officers' Certificate shall further state, as to
the officer signing such certificate, to the knowledge of such officer, as of
the date of such Officers' Certificate, (i) whether or not any Default exists,
(ii) whether or not the Company during the preceding fiscal year kept,
observed, performed and fulfilled in all material respects each and every
covenant and obligation of the Company under this Indenture and (c) whether or
not there was any Default in the performance and observance of any of the
terms, provisions or conditions of this Indenture during such preceding fiscal
year. If the officer signing the Officers' Certificate knows of such a
Default, whether then existing or occurring during such preceding fiscal year,
the Officers' Certificate shall describe such Default and its status with
particularity. The Company shall also promptly notify the Trustee if the
Company's fiscal year is changed so that the end thereof is on any date other
than the then current fiscal year end date. For purposes of this Section
10.08, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of
grace granted by the Trustee or requirement of notice under this Indenture.
The Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon becoming aware of any
default in the performance or observance of any covenant, agreement or
condition contained in this Indenture, or any Event of Default, an Officers'
Certificate specifying with particularity such Default or Event of Default and
further stating what action the Company has taken or is taking or proposes to
take with respect thereto.
56
<PAGE> 67
SECTION 10.09 Provision of Financial Statements.
Whether or not the Company is subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, the Company will, to the extent permitted under the Exchange Act,
file with the Trustee the annual reports, quarterly reports and other documents
which the Company would have been required to file with the Commission pursuant
to such Sections 13(a) or 15(d) if the Company were so subject, such documents
to be filed with the Commission on or prior to the respective dates (the
"Required Filing Dates") by which the Company would have been required so to
file such documents if the Company were so subject. The Company will also in
any event (x) within 15 days of each Required Filing Date file with the Trustee
copies of the annual reports, quarterly reports and other documents which the
Company has filed with the Commission or would have been required to file with
the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if the
Company were subject to such Sections and (y) if filing such documents by the
Company with the Commission is not permitted under the Exchange Act, promptly
upon written request, supply copies of such documents to any prospective
Noteholder at the Company's cost.
SECTION 10.10 Limitation on Other Indebtedness.
Neither the Company nor any Principal Subsidiary will create, incur,
assume, guarantee or in any other manner become directly or indirectly liable
for the payment of any Indebtedness that is senior in right of payment to the
Notes.
SECTION 10.11 Limitation on Liens.
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Principal
Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien of any kind
securing any Indebtedness that is senior to, pari passu with or subordinate in
right of payment to the Notes (including any assumption, guarantee or other
liability with respect thereto by any of its Principal Subsidiaries) upon any
Oil and Gas Properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries described in
any Independent Reserve Reports which are included in the Asset Value Coverage
Ratio, unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured or rank prior to the
Indebtedness secured by such Lien.
SECTION 10.12 Waiver of Certain Covenants.
The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any
term, provision or condition set forth in Section 8.03 or Sections 10.05
through 10.07, 10.09 through 10.11 if before or after the time for such
compliance the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes, by Act of such Noteholders, waive such compliance in such
instance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall
extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so
expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the
obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such
term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect.
57
<PAGE> 68
SECTION 10.13 Maintenance of Asset Value Coverage Ratio.
The Company will maintain an Asset Value Coverage Ratio equal or
greater than 1:1, such maintenance to be evidenced in part based on Independent
Reserve Reports prepared as of the end of each fiscal year (as the same may be
supplemented during such fiscal year) during the term of this Indenture.
SECTION 10.14 Restrictions on Charter Amendments.
The Company will not amend its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws
except as required by law or except to the extent that such amendment would not
have a material adverse effect on (a) the ability of the Company to perform its
obligations under this Indenture or the Notes or (b) the rights of the
Noteholders, except that neither (i) increases in the number of Shares and
issuance thereof with related securities, nor (ii) designations of Preferred
Stock of the Company, modifications of the terms of such designations and
issuance thereof with related securities, nor (iii) modification or expansion
of the indemnity provisions provided by the Company to its directors and
officers, nor (iv) change of the Company's registered agent shall be deemed an
amendment hereunder.
SECTION 10.15 United States Withholding and Reporting Requirements.
To the extent permitted by law, the Company will provide to the
Trustee, the Paying Agents or to any Noteholder such statements, certificates
or other documentation concerning the organization or operations of the Company
as may be reasonably necessary to establish any exceptions or exemptions from
United States federal income tax withholding and reporting requirements.
SECTION 10.16 Maintenance of Listings for Notes and Shares.
While any Conversion Right remains exercisable, the Company will
maintain a listing for all the issued Shares on the AMEX, it being understood
that if the Company is unable to obtain or maintain such listing of Shares, to
obtain and maintain a listing of all the Shares issued on the exercise of the
Conversion Rights on such Alternative Stock Exchange as the Company may from
time to time (with the written consent of the Trustee) determine and will
forthwith give notice to the Noteholders in accordance with Section 1.08 of the
listing, de-listing or quotation or lack of quotation of the Shares (as a
class) by any such Alternative Stock Exchange.
SECTION 10.17 Change of Control
(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each
Holder shall have the right to require that the Company repurchase
such Holder's Notes in whole or in part in integral multiples of
$10,000, at a purchase price (the "Purchase Price") in cash in an
amount equal to 105% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest (including any
58
<PAGE> 69
defaulted interest), if any, to the date of purchase, in accordance
with the procedures set forth in (b) of this Section.
(b) Within 30 days following any Chance of Control, the
Company shall publish in the manner provided in Section 1.08 a notice
stating:
(1) that a Change of Control has occurred and
that such Holder has the right to require the Company to
repurchase such Holder's Notes at the Purchase Price;
(2) a purchase date (the "Purchase Date") which
shall be a Business Day not earlier than 45 days nor later
than 60 days from the date such notice;
(3) the instructions a Holder must follow in
order to have its Notes repurchased in accordance with this
Section 10.17; and
(4) that Notes not repurchased pursuant to this
Section 10.17 will continue to accrue interest; and
(5) that any Notes repurchased pursuant to this
Section 10.17 shall cease to accrue interest after the
Purchase Date, unless the Company defaults in payment of the
Purchase Price.
(c) Holders electing to have Notes repurchased will be
required to surrender such Notes and a Notice of Exercise of
Repurchase Right on a Change of Control in the form set forth as
Exhibit G hereto to any Paying Agent at the address specified in the
notice at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Purchase Date.
Holders whose Notes are repurchased only in part will be issued new
Notes equal in principal amount to the unrepurchased portion of the
Notes surrendered as soon as practicable following the Purchase Date.
(d) On the Purchase Date, the Company shall (i) accept
for payment Notes or portions thereof validly surrendered to any
Paying Agent, (ii) deposit with the Trustee or a Paying Agent money in
immediately available funds sufficient to pay the Purchase Price of
all Notes or a portion thereof so accepted, and (iii) deliver to the
Trustee or a Paying Agent the Notes so accepted together with an
Officer's Certificate stating the Notes or portions thereof accepted
for payment by the Company. If the Company complies with its
obligations set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, whether
or not a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on
the Purchase Date, the Trustee or a Paying Agent shall as promptly as
practicable mail or deliver to each Holder of Notes so accepted
payment in an amount equal to the Purchase Price for such notes and
the Company shall execute and the Trustee or a Paying Agent shall
deliver to such Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any
unrepurchased portion of the Note surrendered, if any; provided that
each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $10,000 or an
integral multiple thereof. Any Note not
59
<PAGE> 70
so accepted shall be as promptly as practicable delivered by the
Trustee or any Paying Agent to the Holder thereof.
(e) The Company will comply with the requirements of any
applicable securities laws and regulations to the extent that such
laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase
of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control.
(f) Prior to complying with the other provisions of this
Section 10.17, but in any event within 90 days following a Change of
Control, the Company shall either repay any outstanding Indebtedness
or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements
governing outstanding Indebtedness to the extent such outstanding
Indebtedness does not permit the repurchase of Notes required by this
Section 10.17
ARTICLE ELEVEN
REDEMPTION OF NOTES
SECTION 11.01 Right of Redemption.
At any time after June 11, 2001, the Notes may be redeemed, at the
election of the Company, as a whole or from time to time in part. Prior to
such time and on giving notice pursuant to Section 11.05, the Company may
redeem all of the Notes for the time being outstanding at their principal
amount, together with interest accrued to the Redemption Date, in the event
that prior to the date of such notice, Conversion Rights shall have been
exercised and/or purchases (and corresponding cancellations) have been effected
in respect of 85% or more in principal amount of the Notes. Redemption shall
be subject to the conditions specified in the form of Note and, except in the
event of a repurchase due to a Change of Control pursuant to Section 10.17, at
a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with
accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, but only to the extent that
all unmatured Coupons are attached to such Notes.
SECTION 11.02 Applicability of Article.
Except in the event of a repurchase due to a Change of Control
pursuant to Section 10.17, redemption of Notes at the election of the Company
or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture,
shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article.
SECTION 11.03 Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.
The action of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section
11.01 shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption
pursuant to Section 11.01, the Company shall, at least 30 days and not more
than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a
shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of
such Redemption
60
<PAGE> 71
Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and shall deliver to
the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to
select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 11.04.
SECTION 11.04 Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed.
If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the particular Notes to
be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption
Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Notes not previously called for
redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and
which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal
of Notes; provided, however, that no such partial redemption shall reduce the
portion of the principal amount of a Note not redeemed to less than $10,000.
The Noteholders do not have a right to a prorated redemption.
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes
selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial
redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.
For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise
requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the
case of any Notes redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of
the principal amount of such Note which has been or is to be redeemed.
If the Company shall so direct, Notes registered in the name of the
Company or any Subsidiaries shall not be included in the Notes selected for
redemption.
SECTION 11.05 Notice of Redemption.
Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for in
Section 1.08 not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the
Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed.
All notices of redemption shall state:
(a) the Redemption Date;
(b) the Redemption Price;
(c) if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be
redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of a partial
redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Notes to be
redeemed;
(d) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price
(together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption
Date payable as provided in Section 11.07, but
61
<PAGE> 72
only with respect to Notes with all unmatured Coupons attached) will
become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to
be redeemed, and that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and
after said date;
(e) the place or places where such Notes are to be
surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and
(f) pursuant to Section 3.13, any ISIN, CUSIP or other
identifying numbers relating to the Notes.
Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election of the
Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the
Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.
SECTION 11.06 Deposit of Redemption Price.
Not less than one Business Day prior to any Redemption Date, the
Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the
Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as
provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption
Price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all the Notes which are to be
redeemed on that date.
SECTION 11.07 Notes Payable on Redemption Date.
Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to
be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the
Redemption Price therein specified (together with accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the delivery of all unmatured and
matured but unpaid Coupons), and from and after such date (unless the Company
shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) such Notes shall cease to
bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance
with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption
Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, to the
extent that all matured and unpaid and unmatured Coupons, if any, are attached;
provided, however, that instalments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or
prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or
one or more Predecessor Notes, according to their terms.
If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender
by the Noteholder as prescribed hereunder thereof for redemption, the principal
shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate
prescribed therefor in the Notes. In the event that the Company shall default
in making payment in full in respect of any Note which shall have been called
for redemption prior to June 11, 2002, on the Redemption Dates the Conversion
Right attaching to such Note will continue to be exercisable (unless previously
exercised by the Trustee or the Company) up to, and including the close of
business (at the place where the Note is deposited in connection with the
62
<PAGE> 73
exercise of the Conversion Right) on the date upon which the full amount of the
monies payable in respect of such Note has been duly received by the Trustee or
the Principal Paying Agent or, if earlier, June 11, 2002.
SECTION 11.08 Surrender of Notes
Each Note should be presented for redemption together with all
unmatured Coupons relating to such Note, failing which the full amount of any
missing unmatured Coupon (or, in the case of payment not being made in full,
that proportion of the full amount of the missing unmatured Coupons which the
amount so paid bears to the total amount due) will be deducted from the amount
due for payment. Each amount so deducted will be paid in the manner mentioned
above against presentation and surrender (or, in the case of part payment only,
endorsement) of such missing Coupon at any time before the expiry of six (6)
years after the Relevant Date in respect of the relevant Note (whether or not
such Coupon would otherwise have become void pursuant to Condition 10), or if
later, five (5) years after the date on which such Coupon would have become
due, but not thereafter.
SECTION 11.09 Conversion on Redemption
(a) The Trustee may, at its absolute discretion (and
without any responsibility for any loss occasioned thereby), within
the period commencing on the date four (4) Business Days prior to, and
ending at the close of business on the Business Day prior to the
Redemption Date, of any of the Notes elect by notice in writing to the
Company to convert as of such Redemption Date the aggregate number of
Notes due for conversion on such date any Unexercised Notes into
Shares at the Conversion Price applicable at such Redemption Date if
all necessary consents (if any) have been obtained and the Trustee is
satisfied or is advised by a reputable independent investment bank
appointed by it that the net proceeds of an immediate sale of the
Shares arising from such conversion (disregarding any liability (other
than a liability of the Trustee) for taxation or the payment of any
capital, stamp, issue or registration duties consequent thereon) would
be likely to exceed by 5 percent or more the amount of redemption
monies and interest which would otherwise be payable in respect of
interest accrued and unpaid since the Interest Payment Date
immediately preceding such Redemption Date or if such date falls
before the first Interest Payment Date, since the Closing Date in
respect of such Unexercised Notes.
(b) The Subject to applicable law, the Trustee shall
arrange for the sale on behalf of the Holders of the Unexercised Notes
of the Shares issued on such conversion as soon as practicable, and
(subject to any necessary consents being obtained and to the deduction
by the Trustee of any amount which it determines to be payable in
respect of its liability to taxation or the payment of any capital,
stamp, issue or registration duties (if any) and any costs incurred by
the Trustee in connection with that allotment and sale thereof) the
net proceeds of sale together with accrued and unpaid interest payable
under Condition 6(C)(iv) of the Terms and Conditions of the Notes in
respect of such Unexercised Notes (if any) shall
63
<PAGE> 74
be held by the Trustee and distributed by the Principal Paying Agent
rateably to the Holders of such Unexercised Notes against due
presentation in accordance with Condition 5 of the Terms and
Conditions of the Notes. The amount of such net proceeds of sale
shall be treated for all purposes as the full amount due by the
Company in respect of such Unexercised Notes.
ARTICLE TWELVE
CONVERSION
SECTION 12.01 Conversion Right and Conversion Price.
(a) Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of
this Article, at the option of the Noteholder, at any time from and
after the first Business Day following termination of the Restricted
Period and (i) up to the close of business on the second Business Day
preceding June 11, 2002 (but in no event thereafter), or (ii) if such
Note shall have been called for redemption pursuant to Article Eleven
or if the Company is required to repurchase the Notes pursuant to
Section 10.17, up to and including two (2) Business Days prior to the
Redemption Date or Purchase Date, as the case may be, provided, that
the Company shall not have given notice of any Mandatory Conversion
Date, any Note may be converted at the principal amount thereof into
fully paid and non-assessable Conversion Shares at the Conversion
Price.
(b) The Conversion Price shall be adjusted in certain
instances as provided in Section 12.04.
(c) A holder of shares of Common Stock issued on
conversion of Notes shall not be entitled to any rights for any Record
Date which precedes the relevant Conversion Date or Mandatory
Conversion Date, as the case may be.
SECTION 12.02 Exercise of Conversion Right.
(a) In order to exercise the Conversion Right, the
Noteholder to be converted shall provide notice to the Conversion
Agent that it intends to exercise its Conversion Right and shall
surrender such Bearer Note or Notes and all unmatured Coupons,
including the one for the next due interest payment, to the Conversion
Agent at its corporate trust offices, or such other office of any
Conversion Agent as published in the Authorized Newspapers from time
to time, accompanied by written notice (as set forth in Exhibit E
hereto) to the Conversion Agent that the Noteholder elects to convert
such Note. A Conversion Notice once delivered shall be irrevocable.
64
<PAGE> 75
(b) Bearer Notes shall be deemed to have been converted
on the Conversion Date, and at such time, except as provided in this
Section 12.02 below, the rights of the Noteholders as Noteholders
shall cease, and the Person or Persons entitled to receive the Common
Stock issuable upon conversion shall be treated for all purposes as
the record holder or holders of such Common Stock at such time. As
promptly as practicable on or after the Conversion Date, the Company
shall issue and shall deliver through the Conversion Agent at the
Conversion Agent's office or agency a certificate or certificates for
the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such
conversion. The Conversion Agent shall deliver the share certificate
or certificates in accordance with the instructions set forth in the
notice of exercise of Conversion Rights.
(c) If the Conversion Date is a date other than an
Interest Payment Date the Company shall not pay and the Noteholder
shall not be entitled to receive any interest accrued on the Notes
from the last Interest Payment Date prior to the Conversion Date.
(d) No Noteholder will be entitled upon conversion
thereof to any payment or adjustment on account of interest on the
Notes or dividends on the shares of Common Stock issued in connection
therewith.
SECTION 12.03 Calculation of Shares Issued on Conversion and
Fractions of Shares.
(a) The number of Shares to be issued on conversion of a
Note will be determined by dividing the principal amount of the Note
to be converted by the Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion
Date and adding any Shares issuable pursuant to Section 12.03(b), with
the result being rounded down to the nearest whole number. No cash in
lieu of or fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon
conversion of Notes. If more than one Note shall be surrendered for
conversion at one time by the same Noteholder, the number of full
Shares which shall be issuable upon conversion thereof shall be
computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
(or specified portions thereof) so surrendered.
(b) Holders of Notes voluntarily converted following the
Restricted Period but prior to December 11, 1997, will receive on such
conversion a premium in the number of Shares to be issued on such
conversion determined based on the aggregate principal amount of Notes
to be converted by multiplying .05 times the number of Shares to be so
issued and rounding down to the nearest whole number.
SECTION 12.04 Adjustment of Conversion Price.
(a) Dividends or Distributions of Common Stock. In case
the Company shall pay or make a dividend or other distribution on its
Common Stock exclusively in Common Stock or shall pay or make a
dividend or other distribution on any other class of capital stock of
the Company which dividend or distribution includes Common Stock, the
Conversion Price in
65
<PAGE> 76
effect at the opening of business on the day next following the date
fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such
dividend or other distribution shall be reduced by multiplying such
Conversion Price by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business
on the date fixed for such determination and the denominator shall be
the sum of such number of shares and the total number of shares
constituting such dividend or other distribution, such reduction to
become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day
next following the date fixed for such determination. For the
purposes of this Section 12.04(a), the number of shares of Common
Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the
treasury of the Company.
(b) Dividends or Distributions of Rights, Warrants or
Options to Purchase Common Stock. In case the Company shall pay or
make a dividend or other distribution on its Common Stock consisting
exclusively of, or shall otherwise issue to all holders of its Common
Stock, rights, warrants or options entitling the holders thereof to
subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share
less than the Market Price per share (determined as provided in
Section 12.04(g)) of the Common Stock on the date fixed for the
determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights,
warrants or options, the Conversion Price in effect at the opening of
business on the day following the date fixed for such determination
shall be reduced by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction of
which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such
determination plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the
aggregate of the offering price of the total number of shares of
Common Stock so offered for subscription or purchase would purchase at
such Market Price and the denominator shall be the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed
for such determination plus the number of shares of Common Stock so
offered for subscription or purchase, outstanding at the close of
business on the date fixed for such reduction to become effective
immediately after the opening of business on the day following the
date fixed for such determination. For the purposes of this paragraph
(b), the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding
shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company. The
Company shall not issue any rights, warrants or options in respect of
shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company.
(c) Dividends or Distributions in Cash. In case the
Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, make a distribution to all
holders of its Common Stock exclusively in cash in an aggregate amount
that, together with (i) the aggregate amount of any other
distributions to all holders of its Common Stock made exclusively in
cash within the 12 months preceding the date of payment of such
distribution and in respect of which no Conversion Price adjustment
pursuant to this Section 12.04(c) has been made and (ii) the aggregate
of any cash plus the fair market value (as determined in good faith by
the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and
described in a resolution of the Company's Board of Directors), as of
the expiration of the tender or exchange offer referred to below, of
consideration payable in respect of any tender or exchange offer by
the Company or a
66
<PAGE> 77
Subsidiary for all or any portion of the Common Stock concluded within
the 12 months preceding the date of payment of such distribution and
in respect of which no Conversion Price adjustment pursuant to
paragraph (f) of this Section 12.04 has been made, exceeds five
percent (5%) of the product of the Market Price per share (determined
as provided in Section 12.04(g)) of the Common Stock on the date fixed
for stockholders entitled to receive such distribution times the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such date, the
Conversion Price shall be reduced so that the same shall equal the
price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect
immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Conversion Price
reduction contemplated by this paragraph (c) by a fraction of which
the numerator shall be the Market Price per share (determined as
provided Section 12.04(g)) of the Common Stock on the date of such
effectiveness less the amount of cash so distributed applicable to one
share of Common Stock and the denominator shall be such Market Price
per share of the Common Stock, such reduction to become effective
immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the
date fixed for the payment of such distribution.
(d) All Other Distributions or Dividends. Subject to the
last sentence of this paragraph (d), in case the Company shall, by
dividend or otherwise, distribute to all holders of its Common Stock
evidences of its indebtedness, shares of any class of capital stock,
securities, cash or property (excluding any rights, warrants or
options referred to in Section 12.04(b), any dividend or distribution
paid exclusively in cash and any dividend or distribution referred to
in Section 12.04(a), the Conversion Price shall be reduced so that the
same shall equal the price determined by multiplying the Conversion
Price in effect immediately prior to the effectiveness of the
Conversion Price reduction contemplated by this paragraph (d) by a
fraction of which the numerator shall be the Market Price per share
(determined as provided in paragraph (g) of this Section) of the
Common Stock on the date of such effectiveness less the fair market
value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose
determination shall be conclusive and described in a resolution of the
Company's Board of Directors and shall, in the case of securities
being distributed for which prior thereto there is an actual or when
issued trading market, be no less than the value determined by
reference to the average of the Market Price over the period specified
in the succeeding sentence), on the date of such effectiveness, of the
portion of the evidences of indebtedness, shares of capital stock,
securities, cash and property so distributed applicable to one share
of Common Stock and the denominator shall be such Market Price per
share of the Common Stock, such reduction to become effective
immediately prior to the opening of business on the day next following
the date fixed for the payment of such distribution (such date to
being referred to as the "Reference Date"). If the Board of Directors
determines the fair market value of any distribution for purposes of
this paragraph (d) by reference to the actual or when issued trading
market for any securities comprising such distribution, it must in
doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period used
in computing the Market Price per share pursuant to paragraph (g) of
this Section. For purposes of this paragraph (d), any dividend or
distribution that includes shares of Common Stock or rights, warrants
or options to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock shall
be deemed instead to be (i) a dividend or distribution of the
evidences of indebtedness, cash, property,
67
<PAGE> 78
shares of capital stock or securities other than such shares of Common
Stock or such rights, warrants or options (making any Conversion Price
reduction required by this paragraph (d)) immediately followed by (ii)
a dividend or distribution of such shares of Common Stock or such
rights, warrants or options (making any further Conversion Price
reduction required by Section 12.04(a) or (b)), except (i) the
Reference Date of such dividend or distribution as defined in this
Section 12.04(d) shall be substituted as "the date fixed for the
determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or
other distribution", "the date fixed for the determination of
stockholders entitled to receive such rights, warrants or options" and
"the date fixed for such determination" within the meaning of Section
12.04(a) and (b) and (ii) any shares of Common Stock included in such
dividend or distribution shall not be deemed "outstanding at the close
of business on the date fixed for such determination" within the
meaning of Section 12.04(a)).
(e) Subdivision of Common Stock. In case outstanding
shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of
shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect at the opening
of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision
becomes effective shall be proportionately reduced, and, conversely,
in case outstanding shares of Common Stock shall each be combined into
a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price in
effect at the opening of business on the day following the day upon
which such combination becomes effective shall be proportionately
increased, such reduction or increase, as the case may be, to become
effective immediately after the opening of business on the day
following the day upon which such subdivision or combination becomes
effective.
(f) Tender or Exchange Offer for Common Stock. In case a
tender or exchange offer made by the Company or any Subsidiary for all
or any portion of the Common Stock shall expire and such tender or
exchange offer shall involve an aggregate consideration having a fair
market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors,
whose determination shall be conclusive and described in a resolution
of the Company's Board of Directors) at the last time (the "Expiration
Time") tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or
exchange offer (as it may be amended) that, together with (i) the
aggregate of the cash plus the fair market value (as determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be
conclusive and described in a resolution of the Company's Board of
Directors), as of the expiration of the other tender or exchange offer
referred to below, of consideration payable in respect of any other
tender or exchange offer by the Company or a Subsidiary for all or any
portion of the Common Stock concluded within the preceding 12 months
and in respect of which no Conversion Price adjustment pursuant to
this paragraph (f) has been made and (ii) the aggregate amount of any
distributions to all holders of the Common Stock made exclusively in
cash within the preceding 12 months and in respect of which no
Conversion Price adjustment pursuant to Section 12.04(e) has been
made, exceeds five percent (5%) of the product of the Market Price per
share (determined as provided in Section 12.04(g)) of the Common Stock
on the Expiration Time times the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding (including any
68
<PAGE> 79
tendered shares) on the Expiration Time, the Conversion Price shall be
reduced (but not increased) so that the same shall equal the price
determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately
prior to the Expiration Time by a fraction of which the numerator
shall be (i) the product of the Market Price per share (determined as
provided in Section 12.04(g)) of the Common Stock at the Expiration
Time times the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including
any tendered or exchanged shares) at the Expiration Time minus (ii)
the fair market value (determined as aforesaid) of the aggregate
consideration payable to stockholders based on the acceptance (up to
any maximum specified in the terms of the tender or exchange offer) of
all shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the
Expiration Time (the shares deemed so accepted, up to any such
maximum, being referred to as the "Purchased Shares") and the
denominator shall be the product of (i) such Market Price per share at
the Expiration Time times (ii) such number of outstanding shares at
the Expiration Time less the number of Purchased Shares, such
reduction to become effective immediately prior to the opening of
business on the day following the Expiration Time.
(g) Determination of Market Price. For the purpose of
any computation of the Market Price under this paragraph (g) and
Section 12.04(b), (d) and (e), (i) if the "ex" date (as hereinafter
defined) for any event (other than the issuance or distribution
requiring such computation) that requires an adjustment to the
Conversion Price pursuant to paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f)
above ("Other Event") occurs on or after the tenth Stock Exchange
Business Day prior to the date in question and prior to the "ex" date
for the issuance or distribution requiring such computation (the
"Current Event"), the closing price for each Stock Exchange Business
Day prior to the "ex" date for such Other Event shall be adjusted by
multiplying such closing price by the same fraction by which the
Conversion Price is so required to be adjusted as a result of such
Other Event, (ii) if the "ex" date for any Other Event occurs after
the "ex" date for the Current Event and on or prior to the date in
question, the closing price for each Stock Exchange Business Day on
and after the "ex" date for such Other Event shall be adjusted by
multiplying such closing price by the reciprocal of the fraction by
which the Conversion Price is so required to be adjusted as a result
of such Other Event, (iii) if the "ex" date for any Other Event occurs
on the "ex" date for the Current Event, one of those events shall be
deemed for purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) of this proviso to have an
"ex" date occurring prior to the "ex" date for the other event, and
(iv) if the "ex" date for the Current Event is on or prior to the date
in question, after taking into account any adjustment required
pursuant to clause (ii) of this proviso, the closing price for each
Stock Exchange Business Day on or after such "ex" date shall be
adjusted by adding thereto the amount of any cash and the fair market
value on the date in question (as determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors in a manner consistent with any determination of
such value for purposes of this Section 12.04(c) or (d), whose
determination shall be conclusive and described in a resolution of the
Company's Board of Directors) of the portion of the rights, warrants,
options, evidences of indebtedness, shares of capital stock,
securities, cash or property being distributed applicable to one share
of Common Stock. For the purpose of any computation under Section
12.04(f), the Market Price per share of Common Stock on any
69
<PAGE> 80
date in question shall be deemed to be the Market Price on the date
selected by the Company commencing on or after the latest (the
"Commencement Date") of (i) the date 20 Stock Exchange Business Days
before the date in question, (ii) the date of commencement of the
tender or exchange offer requiring such computation and (iii) the date
of the last amendment, if any, of such tender or exchange offer
involving a change in the maximum number of shares for which tenders
are sought or a change in the consideration offered, and ending not
later than the date of the Expiration Time of such tender or exchange
offer (or, if such Expiration Time occurs before the close of trading
on a Stock Exchange Business Day, not later than the Stock Exchange
Business Day immediately preceding the date of such Expiration Time);
provided, however, that if the "ex" date for any Other Event (other
than the tender or exchange offer requiring such computation) occurs
on or after the Commencement Date and on or prior to the date of the
Expiration Time for the tender or exchange offer requiring such
computation, the closing price for each Stock Exchange Business Day
prior to the "ex" date for such Other Event shall be adjusted by
multiplying such closing price by the same fraction by which the
Conversion Price is so required to be adjusted as a result of such
other event. For purposes of this paragraph, the term "ex" date, (i)
when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the
first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on the
relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the closing
price was obtained without the right to receive such issuance or
distribution, (ii) when used with respect to any subdivision or
combination of shares of Common Stock, means the first date on which
the Common Stock trades regular way on such exchange or in such market
after the time at which such subdivision or combination becomes
effective, and (iii) when used with respect to any tender or exchange
offer means the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular
way on such exchange or in such market after the Expiration Time of
such tender or exchange offer.
(h) Further Reductions for Federal Income Tax. The
Company may make such reductions in the Conversion Price, in addition
to those required by Section 12.04 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f), as
it considers to be advisable in order that any event treated for
Federal income tax purposes as a dividend of stock or stock rights
shall not be taxable to the recipients.
(i) Adjustments to be Carried Forward. No adjustment in
the Conversion Price shall be required unless such adjustment would
require an increase or decrease of at least five percent (5%) in the
Conversion Price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by
reason of this paragraph (j) are not required to be made shall be
carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.
SECTION 12.05 Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Price
Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted as herein provided the
Company shall compute the adjusted Conversion Price in accordance with Section
12.04 and shall prepare a certificate signed by the chief financial officer of
the Company setting forth the adjusted Conversion Price and
70
<PAGE> 81
showing in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based, and
such certificate shall forthwith be delivered to the Trustee, the Paying Agent
and the Conversion Agent, and the Company shall cause notice thereof to be
published in accordance with Section 1.08 within ten (10) Business Days of the
effective date of such adjustment.
SECTION 12.06 Notice of Certain Corporate Action.
In case:
(a) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other
distribution) on its Common Stock payable (i) otherwise than
exclusively in cash or (ii) exclusively in cash in an amount that
would require a Conversion Price adjustment pursuant to Section
12.04(c); or
(b) the Company shall authorize the granting to the
holders of its Common Stock of rights, warrants or options to
subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or
of any other rights (excluding employee stock options); or
(c) of any reclassification of the Common Stock of the
Company (other than a subdivision or combination of its outstanding
shares of Common Stock), or of any consolidation or merger to which
the Company is a party and for which approval of any stockholders of
the Company is required, or of the sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company; or
(d) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution,
liquidation or winding up of the Company; or
(e) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company shall
commence a tender or exchange offer for all or a portion of the
Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock (or shall amend any such
tender or exchange offer);
then the Company shall cause to be mailed to the Trustee, the Paying Agent and
the Conversion Agent and to be published in the manner provided under Section
1.08 hereof within ten (10) Business Days after the date on which notice is
sent to the holders of the Company's Common Stock, a notice stating (i) the
date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend,
distribution or granting of rights, warrants or options, or, if a record is not
to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record to be
entitled to such dividend, distribution, rights, warrants or options are to be
determined, or (ii) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation,
merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to
become effective, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of
Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common
Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such
re-classification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution,
liquidation or winding up, or (iii) the date on which such tender offer
commenced, the date on which such tender offer is
71
<PAGE> 82
scheduled to expire unless extended, the consideration offered and the other
material terms thereof (or the material terms of any amendment thereto).
SECTION 12.07 Company to Reserve Common Stock.
The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from
pre-emptive or similar rights, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock,
solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of Notes, the whole number
of Shares then issuable upon the conversion in full of all Outstanding Notes.
SECTION 12.08 Taxes on Conversions.
The Company will pay any and all taxes that may be payable in respect
of the issue or delivery of Shares on conversion of Notes pursuant hereto. The
Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in
respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of Shares in a name
other than that of the Holder of the Notes to be converted, and no such issue
or delivery shall be made unless and until the Person requesting such issue has
paid to the Company the amount of any such tax, or has established to the
satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.
SECTION 12.09 Cancellation of Converted Bearer Notes.
All Bearer Notes delivered for conversion to the Conversion Agent
shall be cancelled by the Company, and shall not under any circumstances be
reissued.
SECTION 12.10 Provisions in Case of Reclassification Consolidation,
Merger or Sale of Assets.
In the event that the Company shall be a party to any transaction,
including without limitation any (i) recapitalization or reclassification of
the Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par
value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or
combination of the Common Stock), (ii) any consolidation of the Company with,
or merger of the Company into, any other person, any merger of another person
into the Company (other than a merger which does not result in a
reclassification, conversion, exchange or cancellation of all of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company), (iii) any sale or transfer
of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (iv) any
compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock is converted into
the right to receive other securities, cash or other property, then lawful
provision shall be made as part of the terms of such transaction whereby the
Holder of each Note then outstanding shall have the right thereafter to convert
such Note only into the kind of common stock receivable upon such transaction
by a holder of Common Stock (at an adjusted Conversion Price equal to (a) the
Conversion Price determined pursuant to Section 12.04 as though all such
securities, cash or property (other than common stock) had been distributed in
a dividend covered by Section 12.04(d) with an "ex" date on the date of such
transaction divided by
72
<PAGE> 83
(b) the number of shares (or fraction thereof) of common stock receivable upon
such transaction in respect of each share of Common Stock). The Person formed
by such consolidation or resulting from such merger or which acquired such
assets or which acquired the Company's Shares, as the case may be, shall
execute and deliver to the Trustee on behalf of each of the Noteholders an
amendment to this Indenture as provided for under Article Nine. Such amendment
shall provide for adjustments which, for events subsequent to the effective
date of such amendment, shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to
the adjustments provided for in this Article and shall provide for the
assumption by such other Person, if any, of the Company's obligations under
this Indenture and the Notes. The above provisions of this Section 12.10 shall
similarly apply to successive transactions of the foregoing type.
SECTION 12.11 Mandatory Conversion.
At any time after June 11, 1998, the Notes may be converted in whole,
at the Company's option, if at any time the average of Market Price of the
Common Stock over the Stock Exchange Business Days in any thirty (30)
consecutive calendar day period, the first day of which falls on or after June
11, 1997, is equal to or greater than 130% of the Conversion Price. In the
event that the Company has met the criteria for Mandatory Conversion at any
time, the Company shall give notice to the Noteholders in the manner provided
for in Section 1.08 within 30 calendar days of the date on which such criteria
has been met.
In the event that certain proposed amendments to Regulation S are
deemed applicable to the Notes and if the Company elects to convert the Notes
prior to the time at which the Shares are saleable into the United States
markets under the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant
to the Securities Act or any other applicable exemption from the registration
requirements under the Securities Act (or similar provisions as then in
effect), the Company shall register the issuance or resale of the Shares under
the Securities Act as soon as practicable and maintain the effectiveness of a
registration statement covering the Shares for such period of time as may be
necessary to effectuate the resale of the Shares without the restrictions
imposed by the provisions of Rule 144 of the Securities Act.
In the event that any amendments to Regulation S are deemed to be
applicable to the Notes, notice of such amendments will be given to the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange and to the Noteholders in accordance with Section
1.08.
At any time after June 11, 1998, the Company may require such
Noteholders to convert all of such Notes otherwise pursuant to the terms of
this Article. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee a notice in the form of
Exhibit F hereto and the Company shall cause to be published once in accordance
with Section 1.08 hereof a notice of Mandatory Conversion not less than thirty
(30) and not more than (60) calendar days prior to the Mandatory Conversion
Date. Such notice shall specify the Mandatory Conversion Date. After the
Mandatory Conversion Date, the Notes will no longer represent Indebtedness of
the Company and will no longer accrue interest or require the Company to make
any payment of principal; and the Company's obligations to make any further
73
<PAGE> 84
payments with respect to the Notes will terminate (except for this Section
12.11 and the Section 12.02(c)); and the only rights of a Holder of a Note not
surrendered for conversion pursuant to the preceding sentence will be to (i)
receive the number of Conversion Shares such Noteholder would have received had
the Holder's Note or Notes been surrendered for conversion as required hereby,
(ii) the payment referred to in Section 12.02(c) and (iii) the payment referred
to in Section 12.03. Any notice which is published in the manner herein
provided shall be conclusively presumed to be given and any defect in such
notice to the Noteholder designated for required conversion shall not affect
the validity of the proceedings for the required conversion of any other Bearer
Note.
SECTION 12.12 Proposed Amendments to Regulation S.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the
event that Regulation S is amended to require a lengthening of the restricted
period for securities sold under Regulation S and such amendments are deemed
applicable to the Notes, the Notes may not be converted prior to the earlier of
(i) the end of the new restricted period, as so required by such amendments or
(ii) the registration of the Shares by the Company as described below. The
Company has agreed that if the Restricted Period has been lengthened because
such amendments are applicable to the Notes, that it will register the issuance
or resale of the Shares under the Securities Act as soon as practicable and
maintain the effectiveness of a registration statement covering such Shares for
such period of time as may be necessary to effectuate the resale of the Shares
without regard to any extension of the Restricted Period.
In the event that any amendments to Regulation S are deemed to be
applicable to the Notes, notice of such amendments will be given to the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange and to the Noteholders in accordance with Section
1.08 hereof and by publication of a notice in Luxembourg in a general leading
daily newspaper, which is expected to be the Luxembourg Wort.
ARTICLE THIRTEEN
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
SECTION 13.01 Company's Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance.
The Company may, at its option by Board Resolution, at any time, with
respect to the Notes, elect to have either Section 13.02 or Section 13.03 be
applied to all Outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth
below in this Article. The Company shall promptly give notice of such election
to the Trustee.
SECTION 13.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
Upon the Company's exercise under Section 13.01 of the option
applicable to this Section 13.02, the Company shall be deemed to have been
discharged from its obligations with respect to
74
<PAGE> 85
all Outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth in Section 13.04 are
satisfied (hereinafter, "legal defeasance"). For this purpose, such legal
defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged
the entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Notes, which shall
thereafter be deemed to be "Outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 13.05
and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (A) and (B) below, and
to have satisfied all its obligations under such Notes, including the
obligation to pay interest on the Notes, and this Indenture insofar as such
Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall
execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following
which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (A)
the rights of Holders of Outstanding Notes to receive, solely from the trust
fund described in Section 13.04 and as more fully set forth in such Section,
payments in respect of the principal of and interest on such Notes when such
payments are due, (B) the Company's obligations with respect to such Notes
under Sections 3.04, 3.05, 3.08, 10.02 and 10.03 and with respect to the
Trustee under Section 6.06, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and
immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (D) this Article. Subject to
compliance with this Article, the Company may exercise its option under this
Section 13.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section
13.03 with respect to the Notes.
SECTION 13.03 Covenant Defeasance.
Upon the Company's exercise under Section 13.01 of the option
applicable to this Section 13.03, the Company shall be released from its
obligations under any covenant contained in Sections 10.04 through 10.15 with
respect to the Outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth
in Section 13.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, "covenant defeasance"), and the
Notes shall thereafter be deemed not to be "Outstanding" for the purposes of
any request, demand, authorization, direction, declaration, notice, consent,
waiver or Act of Noteholders (and the consequences of any thereof) in
connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed "Outstanding"
for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such covenant defeasance
means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to
comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or
limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by
reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of
any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any
other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an
Event of Default under Section 5.01(d), but, except as specified above, the
remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.
SECTION 13.04 Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance.
The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section
13.02 or Section 13.03 to the Outstanding Notes:
(a) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or
caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying
the requirements of Section 6.07 who shall agree to comply with the
provisions of this Article applicable to it) as trust funds in trust
for the
75
<PAGE> 86
purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as
security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of
such Notes, (A) money, which may include funds distributed from the
Segregated Account, in an amount, or (B) U.S. Government Obligations
which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in
respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later
than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an amount,
or (C) a combination thereof, sufficient, in the opinion of a
nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed
in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay
and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other
qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of and
interest on the Outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity (or
Redemption Date, if applicable) of such principal or instalment of
interest; provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably
instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such U.S. Government
Obligations to said payments with respect to the Notes; and provided
further that, upon the effectiveness of this Section 13.04, the money
or U.S. Government Obligations deposited shall not be subject to the
rights of the Noteholders pursuant to the provisions of this Article.
Before or after such a deposit, the Company may give to the Trustee,
in accordance with Section 11.03 hereof, a notice of its election to
redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at a future date in accordance
with Article Eleven hereof, which notice shall be irrevocable. Such
irrevocable redemption notice, if given, shall be given effect in
applying the foregoing.
(b) No Default or Event of Default with respect to the
Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such
deposit or, insofar as paragraphs (h) and (i) of Section 5.01 hereof
are concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day
after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this
condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such
period).
(c) No event or condition shall exist that pursuant to
the provisions of Section 13.02 or 13.03 would prevent the Company
from making payments of the principal of or interest on the Notes on
the date of such deposit or at any time during the period ending on
the 91st day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that
this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of
such period).
(d) Such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall
not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under
any material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party
or by which it is bound.
(e) In the case of an election under Section 13.02, the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel
stating that the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize
income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of
such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
the case if such defeasance had not occurred.
76
<PAGE> 87
(f) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent provided for relating to either the legal
defeasance under Section 13.02 or the covenant defeasance under
Section 13.03 (as the case may be) have been complied with.
SECTION 13.05 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be
Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all
money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof)
deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) (collectively for
purposes of this Section 13.05, the "Trustee") pursuant to Section 13.04 in
respect of the Outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the
Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to
the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company
acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of
such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal
and interest, but such money and U.S. Government Obligations need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee
or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations
deposited pursuant to Section 13.04 or the principal and interest received in
respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is
for the account of the Holders of the Outstanding Notes.
Anything in this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee
shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any
money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 13.04
which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the
Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be
deposited to effect an equivalent legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as
applicable, in accordance with this Article.
SECTION 13.06 Reinstatement.
If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or
U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 13.05 by reason of any
order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining
or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company's obligations under
this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no
deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 13.02 or 13.03, as the case may be,
until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such
money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 13.05;
provided, however, that no action taken in good faith by the Company after a
deposit of money or U.S. Government Obligations or both pursuant to Section
13.05 and prior to the revival and reinstatement of obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes pursuant to this Section 13.06 shall constitute the
basis for the assertion of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5.01; and
provided, further, that if the Company makes any payment of principal
77
<PAGE> 88
of or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to
receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the
Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE FOURTEEN
SENIORITY OF NOTES
SECTION 14.01 Seniority of the Notes.
The Company's obligations under the Notes and the Coupons and
hereunder do and will rank at all times at least pari passu with all other
present and future Indebtedness of the Company (including the Company's 6.5%
Senior Convertible Notes Due 2000) and shall be superior in rank to all
existing and future Subordinated Obligations. The Company covenants and agrees
that, except with respect to any Lien, the Indebtedness represented by the
Notes and the Coupons and the payment of the principal of and interest on each
and all of the Notes and Coupons are hereby expressly made pari passu to all
other present and future Indebtedness other than all Subordinated Obligations.
ARTICLE FIFTEEN
IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS,
STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
SECTION 15.01 Liability Solely Corporate.
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or
interest on any Notes or any part thereof, or for any claim based thereon or
otherwise in respect thereof, or of the indebtedness represented thereby, or
upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of this Indenture, against any
incorporator, or against any stockholder, officer or director, as such, past,
present or future, of the Company, or of any predecessor or successor Person,
either directly or through the Company or any such predecessor or successor
Person, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by
the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it being expressly
agreed and understood that this Indenture and all the Notes are solely
corporate obligations, and that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach
to, or be insured by, any such incorporator, stockholder, officer or director,
as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or
successor Person, either directly or through the Company or any such
predecessor or successor Person, because of the indebtedness hereby authorized
or under or by reason of any of the obligations, covenants, promises or
agreements contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes or to be implied
herefrom or therefrom; and that any such personal liability is hereby expressly
waived and released as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for,
the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes;
78
<PAGE> 89
provided, however, that nothing herein or in the Notes contained shall be taken
to prevent recourse to and the enforcement of the liability, if any, of any
stockholder or subscriber to capital stock of the Company upon or in respect of
shares of capital stock not fully paid up.
This Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts each of
which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts
shall together constitute but one and the same Indenture.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to
be duly executed, all as of the day and year first above written.
HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION
By: /s/ Larry E. Cummings
-----------------------------------
Name: Larry E. Cummings
---------------------------------
Title: Vice President and Secretary
--------------------------------
MARINE MIDLAND BANK,
as Trustee
By: /s/ C. Baldry
-----------------------------------
Name: C. Baldry
---------------------------------
Title: Transaction Manager
--------------------------------
under Power of Attorney
--------------------------------
79
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.2
HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION
Up to US$70,000,000
5.5% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2002
PLACING AGREEMENT
June 3, 1997
<PAGE> 2
CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Clause Heading
- ------ -------
Page
----
<S> <C>
1. Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Release of the Press Announcement and Delivery of Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3. Placing of the Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4. Representations and Warranties of the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5. The Placing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
6. Undertakings of the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
7. Indemnification and Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
8. Fees and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
9. Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
10. Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
11. Survival . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
12. Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
13. Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
14. Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
The Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 3
THIS AGREEMENT is made on June 3, 1997, BETWEEN
(1) HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION (the "Company");
(2) HSBC INVESTMENT BANK PLC ("HSBC"), RAUSCHER PIERCE & CLARK,
INC. and RAUSCHER PIERCE & CLARK LIMITED (together "RPC")
(together with HSBC, the "Lead Managers"); and
(3) BANCA DEL GOTTARDO, JEFFERIES INTERNATIONAL LIMITED and
INVESTMENTBANK AUSTRIA A.G. (together with the Lead Managers,
the "Managers").
WHEREAS
(A) The Company has authorised the creation and issue of up to
U.S.$70,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 5.5% Senior Convertible Notes
Due 2002 (the "Notes"). The Notes will be in bearer form and are to be
convertible into shares of the common stock (the "Common Stock") of the Company
(the "Shares") at the Conversion Price of U.S.$5.00.
(B) The Notes will be in the denominations of U.S.$10,000 and
U.S.$50,000, and integral multiples thereof. The Notes will initially be
represented by a temporary global bearer note (the "Global Note") which will be
exchangeable for bearer notes in definitive form ("Bearer Notes"), with
interest coupons ("Coupons") attached, in the circumstances specified in the
Global Note.
(C) The Notes will be subject to and have the benefit of a trust
indenture (the "Trust Indenture"), a draft of which is in the agreed form and
to which will be scheduled the forms of the Global Note and the Bearer Notes.
The Trust Indenture, will be made between the Company and Marine Midland Bank
(the "Trustee") as trustee for the holders of the Notes from time to time.
(D) The Company will, in relation to the Notes, enter into a
paying and conversion agency agreement (the "Agency Agreement") with Midland
Bank plc (the "Principal Paying Agent", "Principal Conversion Agent" and
"Authenticating Agent"), Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise (the "Listing Agent",
"Luxembourg Paying Agent" and "Luxembourg Conversion Agent") and Swiss Bank
Corporation (a "Paying Agent" and "Conversion Agent") and the Trustee, a draft
of which is in the agreed form.
(E) The Lead Managers have conditionally agreed on and subject to
the terms hereof to act as agent for the Company to use their best efforts to
procure Placees for all the Notes. The Issue is not underwritten.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1. Interpretation
1.1 Definitions: In this Agreement, in addition to the definitions
contained in the recitals, the following expressions have the following
meanings:
1
<PAGE> 4
"agreed form" means that the form of the document in question has
been agreed between the proposed parties thereto and by the parties
hereto prior to the Closing Date and (for the purposes of
identification signed by or on behalf of) each of such parties and
that either a copy thereof has been signed for the purpose of
identification on behalf of Bracewell & Patterson, L.L.P. or such
document has been signed on behalf of the parties thereto and
delivered to Bracewell & Patterson, L.L.P. to be held in escrow
pending release on the Closing Date;
"AMEX" means The American Stock Exchange, Inc.;
"Cedel" means Cedel Bank, societe anonyme;
"Closing Date" means, subject to Clause 9.2, June 11, 1997;
"Conditions" means the terms and conditions of the Notes as scheduled
to the agreed form of the Trust Indenture as the same may be modified
prior to the Closing Date, and any reference to a numbered "Condition"
is to a correspondingly numbered provision thereof;
"Conversion Price" has the meaning given to it in Condition 6;
"Euroclear" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels
office, as operator of the Euroclear System;
"Event of Default" means one of those events specified in Condition 12;
"Issue" means the proposed issue of the Notes described in the Offering
Circular;
"Issue Documents" means the Trust Indenture and the Agency Agreement;
"Issue Price" means 100 percent of the aggregate principal amount of
the Notes;
"Lien" has the meaning given to it in the Trust Indenture;
"Offering" means the offering of the Notes pursuant to the Offering
Circular;
"Offering Circular" means the preliminary offering circular dated May
28, 1997, as amended by the final offering circular, including all
documents incorporated by reference therein to the extent such
documents are not superseded in the Offering Circular prepared in
connection with the Issue, as the same may be amended or supplemented
on or before the Closing Date;
"Placees" has the meaning given to it in Clause 5.1;
"Placement" means the offering of Notes made pursuant to the Offering
Circular;
"Person" has the meaning given to it in the Trust Indenture;
"Press Announcement" means the press announcement to be mutually agreed
by the Company and the Lead Managers;
2
<PAGE> 5
"Principal Subsidiary" has the meaning given to it in the Trust
Indenture;
"Restricted Period" means the period commencing on the day after the
Closing Date and continuing for a period of forty days; it being
understood that in accordance with the terms of the Notes in the event
that Regulation S under the Securities Act is amended and such
amendment is deemed applicable to the Notes, the term "Restricted
Period" with respect to the Notes shall be subject to extension as
then required by Regulation S as amended;
"Securities Act" means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as
amended;
"Stabilising Manager" means HSBC, acting in the capacity as stabilising
manager;
"Subsidiary" has the meaning given to it in the Trust Indenture;
"U.S.$" and "U.S. dollars" denote the lawful currency for the time
being of the United States of America; and
"Warrant Shares" means the shares of Common Stock of the Company
issuable upon exercise of the Lead Manager Warrants.
1.2 Clauses and Schedules: Any reference in this Agreement to a
Clause or a Schedule is, unless otherwise stated, to a clause hereof
or a schedule hereto.
1.3 Headings: Headings and sub-headings are for ease of reference
only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.
2. Release of the Press Announcement and Delivery of Documents
2.1 On or immediately following the Closing Date, the Company
shall release the Press Announcement in the agreed form to the press
in compliance with Regulation S of the Securities Act and shall
subsequently file a Report on Form 8-K describing the Offering, as
required and when due in accordance with the terms of the form.
2.2 The Company shall as soon as practicable following execution
of this Agreement and in any event, subject to Clause 2.3, by no later
than 10.00 a.m. (London time) on the Closing Date, deliver, or procure
that there are delivered, to the Lead Managers, in the agreed form:
(a) the Issue Documents;
(b) a legal opinion of Haynes and Boone, L.L.P.;
(c) the closing certificates of the Company; and
(d) the auditors comfort letter.
2.3 The Lead Managers may, in their discretion, waive the
requirement that the Company deliver to them any of the documents
listed in Clause 2.2 or may extend the time for delivery of
3
<PAGE> 6
any of the documents. Any waiver or extension may be granted by the
Lead Managers subject to such conditions as they determine.
3. Placing of the Notes
3.1 The Company undertakes to the Managers that:
(a) subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement, the Company will issue the Notes on the Closing Date, in
accordance with this Agreement and the Trust Indenture; and
(b) the Company will, execute and deliver the Issue Documents on
the Closing Date.
3.2 In connection with this issue, the Stabilising Manager may
over-allot or effect transactions which stabilise or maintain the
market price of the Notes at a level which might not otherwise
prevail. Such stabilising, if commenced, may be discontinued at any
time. Such stabilising shall be conducted in accordance with all
applicable laws and rules. Any loss or profit sustained as a
consequence of any such over-allotment or stabilising shall, as
against the Company, be for the account of the Managers. The Managers
acknowledge that the Company has not authorised the creation and issue
of Notes in excess of U.S.$70,000,000 in aggregate principal amount.
3.3 Each Manager warrants and represents to the Company and each
other Manager that each contract note in the agreed form executed by
such Manager selling the Notes shall contain the following legend:
"Neither the Notes nor the Shares of Common Stock issuable upon
conversion of the Notes have been or will be registered under the
United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"), and the Notes and the Shares may not be offered, sold,
transferred, pledged, converted or otherwise disposed of in the U.S.
or to, or for the account or benefit of, any "U.S. person" unless the
Notes and the Shares have been registered under the Securities Act and
any applicable state securities or blue sky laws or exemptions from
the registration requirements of such laws are available.
Any United States person who holds this obligation will be subject to
limitations under the U.S. income tax laws, including the limitations
provided in Sections 165(j) and 1287(a) of the United States Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended".
4. Representations and Warranties of the Company
4.1 The Company represents and warrants to the Managers, in their
capacity as Managers and as representatives of each of the Holders of
the Notes, that:
(a) the Company is duly incorporated and in good standing under
the laws of the State of Delaware and has the requisite power and
authority to create, issue, offer and sell the Notes, to execute this
Agreement and each of the Issue Documents and to undertake and perform
its obligations herein and therein. Neither the Company nor any
Principal Subsidiary has commenced
4
<PAGE> 7
voluntary or involuntary proceedings to effect the winding up,
liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
(b) each Principal Subsidiary of the Company is (i) a corporation
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of its jurisdiction of incorporation or establishment, (ii) has all
requisite power and authority and all necessary licenses and permits
to own and operate its Properties and to carry on its business as now
conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted, except as would
not have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries
taken as a whole, and (iii) is duly licensed or qualified and is
authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign
corporation in each jurisdiction where the character of its Properties
or the nature of its activities makes such licensing or qualification
necessary, except as would not have a material adverse effect on the
Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole;. None of the Principal
Subsidiaries nor any other party has commenced voluntary or
involuntary proceedings to effect the winding up, liquidation or
dissolution of any of the Principal Subsidiaries;
(c) the authorized and outstanding capital stock of the Company is
as set out in the Offering Circular, and all of the issued Shares have
been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and
non-assessable. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Subsidiaries have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are
fully paid and non-assessable. All of the outstanding shares of
capital stock of each Principal Subsidiary are owned directly or
indirectly by the Company free and clear of any Liens. Except as
disclosed in the Offering Circular, the Company does not own, directly
or indirectly, any equity or debt securities of any other company,
corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity which are
material to the business or operations of the Company. Except as
disclosed in the Offering Circular or the documents incorporated by
reference therein, at the date hereof and at the Closing Date, there
are and will not be any outstanding options, warrants or other rights
to purchase any Shares of the Company;
(d) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and
the Issue Documents has been duly authorized by all requisite
corporate action of the Company;
(e) the creation, offer, sale and issue of the Notes, the
execution of this Agreement and the Issue Documents and the
undertaking and performance by the Company of the obligations
expressed to be assumed by it herein and therein will not violate:
(i) the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the
Company;
(ii) assuming compliance by the Managers with the United
States securities law requirements set forth in the
Schedule, any law applicable to the Company or any
Principal Subsidiary or any rule, regulation or order
of any court or governmental agency or body having
jurisdiction over the Company or any Principal
Subsidiary; or
(iii) any provision of any indenture, mortgage, agreement,
contract or other instrument to which the Company or
any Principal Subsidiary is a party or by which the
Company or any Principal Subsidiary is bound or to
which any of the properties or assets of the Company
or any Principal Subsidiary are subject, or be in
conflict
5
<PAGE> 8
with, or result in a breach of or constitute (upon
notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any
such indenture, mortgage, agreement, contract or
other instrument or result in the creation or
imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or
assets of the Company or any Principal Subsidiary
(except any such violation or conflict described
therein or herein which would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole);
(f) (i) this Agreement constitutes;
(ii) upon due execution by or on behalf of the Company and
the other parties thereto, the Issue Documents will
constitute; and
(iii) upon due execution of the Trust Indenture, the Global
Note and the Bearer Notes by or on behalf of the
Company and the other parties thereto and due
authentication of the Global Note and the Bearer
Notes, the Notes will constitute:
legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Company,
enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective
terms, except that the enforceability thereof may be limited by any
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganisation or other similar
laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
generally and by equitable principles regardless of whether such
enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and
except as rights to indemnity or contribution may be limited under
applicable law;
(g) Each of the Global Note, the Bearer Notes, the Coupons and the
Shares conform in all material respects to the description of such
Global Note, Bearer Notes, Coupons and Shares contained in the
Offering Circular, and the Shares conform to the terms of the Common
Stock contained in the Certificate of Incorporation;
(h) upon issuance of the Notes in accordance with the Trust
Indenture, the Notes will constitute direct, general and unconditional
obligations of the Company which:
(i) rank pari passu among themselves and with the 6.5%
Senior Convertible Notes Due 2000 of the Company, and
with all present and future Indebtedness other than
Subordinated Obligations and Indebtedness secured by
Liens (all as defined in the Trust Indenture) of the
Company; and
(ii) will rank senior to all existing and future
Subordinated Obligations (as defined in the Trust
Indenture), except to the extent permitted by the
applicable laws relating to creditors' rights;
(i) the Shares, as and when issued by the Company from time to
time pursuant to conversion of the Notes in accordance with the terms
of the Issue Documents, will be validly issued and outstanding, fully
paid and non- assessable and will not be subject to any pre-emptive or
similar right, and the Holder of each Note will receive good and valid
title to the Shares upon conversion of such Note in accordance with
the terms of the Issue Documents, free and clear of any Lien, except
such as may have been created by the Holder of the Note and such
restrictions on transfer as may be imposed under United States federal
or state securities or blue sky laws. Other than the
6
<PAGE> 9
approval of the listing of the Shares by AMEX and any applicable
registration requirements, no consent or approval by the stockholders
of the Company or any other Person is required to be obtained by the
Company for the consummation of the issuance of the Shares by the
Company pursuant to conversion of the Notes. As and from the expiry
of the Restricted Period (so long as not extended) (i) each stock
certificate representing any of the Shares shall be free of any type
of restrictive legend, (ii) the Shares represented by each such stock
certificate shall not be subject to any "stop transfer" or similar
order at the Company's transfer agent for its Common Stock, and (iii)
the Company shall have filed with the AMEX or Alternative Stock
Exchange all necessary filings in respect of the inclusion of the
Shares in the shares of Common Stock of the Company listed for trading
on the AMEX or Alternative Stock Exchange;
(j) upon delivery to the Lead Managers, the Lead Manager Warrants
(as defined in Clause 8.2 hereof) will be duly issued and will
constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company,
enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except
as the enforceability thereof may be limited by any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating
to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights, regardless of
whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or
at law. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Lead
Manager Warrants have been duly and validly authorized for issuance in
accordance with the terms of the Warrants and reserved for issuance to
the extent authorized by applicable law. The shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of Lead Manager Warrants, as and when issued
and delivered in accordance with the terms thereof, and upon receipt
by the Company of the exercise price therefor, will be duly and
validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non- assessable, and
will not be subject to any pre-emptive or similar right;
(k) assuming compliance by the Managers with the United States
securities law requirements as set out in the Schedule and other than
the approval of AMEX, all authorizations, consents and approvals
required by the Company for or in connection with the creation and
issue of the Notes, the execution of this Agreement and the Issue
Documents, the performance by the Company of the obligations
undertaken by it herein and therein and the distribution of the
Offering Circular in accordance with the provisions set out in the
Schedule have been obtained and are in full force and effect;
(l) neither the nature of the Company nor of any Subsidiary, nor
of any of their respective businesses or Properties, nor any
relationship between the Company or any Subsidiary and any other
Person, nor any circumstance in connection with the execution and
delivery of the Indenture or the offer, issue, sale or delivery of the
Global Note, or the Bearer Notes, or the Shares is such as to require
a consent, approval or authorization of, or filing, registration or
qualification with, any governmental authority on the part of the
Company as a condition to the execution and delivery of this Indenture
or the offer, issue, sale or delivery of the Global Note or the Bearer
Notes or the issuance of Shares pursuant to conversion of the Notes;
(m) the Offering Circular sets forth a description of the business
conducted and proposed to be conducted as of the date thereof by the
Company orits Principal Subsidiaries, and the principal Properties of
the Company or its Principal Subsidiaries, which description is true
and correct in all material respects. The Company shall use its best
efforts to ensure that the Offering Circular will comply with the
requirements of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange on the Closing Date;
7
<PAGE> 10
(n) each of the Company and its Principal Subsidiaries, has (i)
Good Title to its Oil and Gas Properties and (ii) good and defensible
title to all other material Properties and assets described in the
Offering Circular as owned by it, in the case of such other Properties
and assets free and clear of all Liens, except as disclosed in the
Offering Circular or which are not material to the business of the
Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or which will not
conflict with the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, the
Issue Documents and the Notes. Each of the Company and its
Subsidiaries has a valid, subsisting lease for the real Property
(other than its Oil and Gas Properties, subject to clause (i) of this
sentence) described in the Offering Circular as leased by it. To the
knowledge of the Company's management, except as otherwise disclosed
in the Offering Circular, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries
owns or possesses or is the valid licensee of all patents, trademarks,
service marks, trade names, copyrights and other intellectual property
necessary to carry on its business as described in the Offering
Circular, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any
notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others
with respect to any of the foregoing which, if the subject of an
unfavourable decision, ruling or finding, would result, individually
or in the aggregate, in any material adverse change in, or which would
materially and adversely affect the business, operations, financial
position or business prospects of, the Company and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole;
(o) based on the laws currently in effect and subject to the
provisos set forth in the Offering Circular, all payments of principal
and interest in respect of the Notes and the Coupons, and all other
payments that may become due and payable under the terms of the Notes
or the Coupons may be made free and clear of, and without withholding
or deduction for, any taxes, duties, assessments or governmental
charges of any nature whatsoever imposed, levied, collected, withheld
or assessed by United States federal and state taxing authorities or
any political subdivision or authority thereof or therein having power
to tax other than in the case of payments to be made by the Company to
U.S. persons in circumstances where the Company is obliged to withhold
payments due to U.S. back-up withholding tax but not gross-up under
Condition 9;
(p) the Offering Circular is true and accurate in all material
respects and is not misleading in any material respect in light of the
circumstances under which they were made; any opinions, predictions or
intentions expressed in the Offering Circular are true and honestly
held or made and are not misleading in any material respect and have
been made after due and careful consideration of all relevant factors
known to the Company; the Offering Circular does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact and does not omit to state any
material fact necessary to make such information not misleading in any
material respect in light of the circumstances under which they were
made; provided, that this representation and warranty shall not apply
to any statement or omission relating to matters of foreign law or
made in reliance and in conformity with information furnished in
writing to the Company by any Manager for use in the Offering
Circular;
(q) the Company will use the proceeds from the sale of the Notes
for the purposes described in the Offering Circular;
(r) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is, directly
or indirectly, controlled by, or acting on behalf of any Person which
is, an "investment company" or an "affiliated person" of, "promoter"
or "principal" of an "investment company," within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;
8
<PAGE> 11
(s) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a "holding
company" within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act
of 1935, as amended, or a "public utility" within the meaning of the
Federal Power Act, as amended;
(t) except as disclosed in the Offering Circular at the date
hereof or at the date when this representation is deemed to be
repeated, as the case may be, there are no actions, suits,
investigations or proceedings pending to which the Company or any
Principal Subsidiary is a party before or by any court or governmental
agency or body, which would result, individually or in the aggregate,
in any material adverse change in the financial condition or results
of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
or which would materially and adversely affect the properties or
assets of the Company, its subsidiaries or any branch thereof, and to
the knowledge of the Company, no such actions, suits, investigations
or proceedings are threatened by any Person;
(u) except as disclosed in the Offering Circular and since
December 31, 1996 there has been no adverse change, or any development
reasonably likely to involve an adverse change, in the condition
(financial or otherwise) or general affairs of the Company that is
material in the context of the issue of the Notes; and
(v) to the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred which
is or would (with the passage of time, the giving of notice, the
making of any determination or otherwise) become an Event of Default.
4.2 The Company's consolidated audited financial statements
including its statement of operations for the three fiscal years ended
December 31, 1994, December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1996,
respectively, and its balance sheets at December 31, 1994, December
31, 1995 and December 31, 1996, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the
Company and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended on such dates,
were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States consistently applied and present
fairly (in conjunction with the notes thereto) the financial condition
of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) as at the date
they were prepared and the results of the operations of the Company
and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) during the respective fiscal
years then ended. The Company's unaudited condensed consolidated
financial statements, including its statement of operations for the
quarterly period ended March 31, 1997, and its balance sheet at March
31, 1997, and related condensed statements of stockholders' equity and
cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period ended on
such date contain all adjustments necessary to present fairly the
Company's financial position as of March 31, 1997 and the results of
its operations and changes in cash flows for the quarterly period then
ended. Except as set forth in the Offering Circular, since March 31,
1997, there has been no change in the properties, business, profits or
condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries
except changes in the ordinary course of business, none of which
individually or in the aggregate have had a material adverse effect on
the properties, business, assets, profits or financial condition of
the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
4.3 The Company shall forthwith notify the Lead Managers of
anything which at any time prior to payment into the Segregated
Account of the net proceeds of the issue of the Notes to the Company
on the Closing Date has or may have rendered, or will or may render,
untrue or incorrect
9
<PAGE> 12
in any material respect any representation and warranty by the Company
in this Agreement as if it had been made or given at such time with
reference to the facts and circumstances then subsisting.
4.4 The representations and warranties in Clause 4.1 which refer
to the Offering Circular shall be deemed to be repeated (with
reference to the relevant text of the Offering Circular and to the
facts and circumstances then subsisting) on each date falling on or
before the Closing Date on which the Offering Circular is amended or
supplemented and distributed by the Managers.
5. The Placing
5.1 The Lead Managers, relying on the representations and
warranties given by the Company herein, hereby undertake to the
Company that, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement they will act as agent for the Company (which appointment
the Company hereby confirms) to use their best efforts to procure
qualified subscribers ("Placees") to subscribe for all of the Notes on
the Closing Date at the Issue Price free from all Liens and with all
rights attached thereto. Neither of the Lead Managers shall have any
obligations themselves to subscribe for any Notes.
5.2 The Company hereby confirms that the foregoing appointment
confers on the Lead Managers all powers, authorities and discretions
on behalf of the Company which are reasonably necessary for or
reasonably incidental to the making of the Issue on the basis set out
in this Agreement, the Offering Circular and the Trust Indenture and
hereby agrees to ratify and confirm everything which the Lead Managers
shall lawfully and properly do in the exercise of, or in accordance
with, such appointment, powers, authorities and discretions.
5.3 The Lead Managers shall by no later than June 11, 1997 (or
such later date as the Lead Managers and the Company may agree) notify
the Company of the number of Notes, with an aggregate principal amount
of up to U.S.$70,000,000, in respect of which subscription commitments
have been obtained ("Placed Notes").
6. Undertakings of the Company
6.1 The Company shall deliver to the Managers on the date hereof
and hereafter from time to time as requested as many copies of the
Offering Circular as the Lead Managers may reasonably request.
6.2 Without prejudice to their obligations under applicable law
and the requirements of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Company
shall at the request of the Lead Managers at any time prior to payment
of the net proceeds of the issue of the Notes to the Company on the
Closing Date amend or supplement the Offering Circular in order to
correct any untrue statement of a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein in the light of
the circumstances under which they were made not misleading and the
Company shall deliver to the Managers from time to time as many copies
of the relevant amendment or supplement as the Managers may reasonably
request.
6.3 Except as requested by the Managers in connection with the
sale of the Notes, neither the Company or any affiliate of the Company
nor anyone acting on behalf of the Company or any such
10
<PAGE> 13
affiliate, other than the Managers shall, directly or indirectly,
offer or sell, or attempt to offer, sell or dispose of, any of the
Notes, or solicit any offer to buy, or otherwise approach or negotiate
in respect of, any of the Notes.
6.4 Assuming compliance with the terms of the Schedule by the
Managers, the Company shall furnish such information, execute such
instruments and take such action, if any, as may be required to effect
the placement of the Notes under the securities laws of each
jurisdiction in which the Notes are offered for sale or sold;
provided, however, that with respect to the U.S. securities laws the
foregoing shall only be in accordance with the safe harbor provided by
Regulation S and in no event shall the Company be required to qualify
to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or
which would subject the Company to taxation or to take any action that
would subject it to general or unlimited service of process in any
jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.
6.5 The Company shall furnish or make available to the Lead
Managers or their counsel such additional documents and information
regarding the Company and its affairs as the Lead Managers may from
time to time request, including any and all documentation reasonably
requested in connection with their due diligence efforts regarding
information in the Offering Circular and in order to evidence the
accuracy or completeness of any of the conditions contained in this
Agreement; and all actions taken by the Company to authorize the
issuance and sale of the Notes and to reserve for issuance the shares
of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Lead Manager Warrants
shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Lead
Managers.
6.6 The Company shall, at all times upon reasonable request from
the date hereof through the Closing Date, (i) make available to each
purchaser or its advisers, or both, prior to acceptance of its
subscription, such information (in addition to that contained in the
Offering Circular concerning the Offering, the Company and any other
relevant matters as it possesses or can acquire without unreasonable
effort or expense, and (ii) provide each purchaser or its advisers, or
both, the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from,
the Company with respect to such matters.
6.7 The Company shall not offer or sell any securities of the same
class as the Notes until a period of six (6) months has elapsed from
the Closing Date of the Offering, unless the Company shall have
provided the Lead Managers with a satisfactory opinion from the
Company's legal counsel to the effect that the proposed offer or sale
will not result in any violation of the Securities Act, any state
securities or blue sky laws, and any rules or regulations promulgated
thereunder.
6.8 From the date hereof to and including the Closing Date, the
Company shall not, make any press release or other public announcement
(i) without the prior written consent of the Lead Managers, (ii) prior
to having furnished each of the Lead Managers with a copy of the
proposed form of the press release or public announcement and giving
the Lead Managers and their counsel a reasonable opportunity to review
and comment upon the same or (iii) in a manner to which the Lead
Managers or their counsel shall reasonably object, unless the Company
is required to do so by applicable law.
11
<PAGE> 14
6.9 The Company shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to
the Lead Managers to ensure that the Bearer Notes are delivered to the
Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for authentication in the form
required by, and otherwise in accordance with, the Issue Documents.
6.10 The Company shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure the
listing of the Shares and the Warrant Shares on the AMEX or an
Alternative Stock Exchange and to maintain the same until none of the
Notes or Warrants, as the case may be, are outstanding.
6.11 The Company shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure the
listing of the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and to maintain
the same until none of the Notes are outstanding; provided, that, if
it is impracticable or unduly burdensome to maintain the listing of
the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Company shall use all
reasonable endeavours to procure and maintain as aforesaid a listing
of or quotation for the Notes on such other stock exchange or
exchanges as they may (with the approval of the Lead Managers and the
Trustee) decide.
6.12 The Company has agreed that if the Restricted Period has been
lengthened because such amendments are applicable to the Notes, that
it will register the issuance or resale of the Shares under the
Securities Act as soon as practicable and maintain the effectiveness
of a registration statement covering such Shares for such period of
time as may be necessary to effectuate the resale of the Shares
without regard to any such extension of the Restricted Period, in
accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the Notes.
6.13 In the event that any potential investor is contacted and
introduced to the Company by the Managers during the Offering Period
and such investor provides financing to the Company at any time during
one (1) year from the Closing Date, the Managers shall be entitled to
the same fees provided for in Clause 8.1 below with respect to such
financing as if it had occurred as part of the Placement.
7. Indemnification and Contribution
7.1 The Company agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold each of the
Managers and their respective officers, directors, agents, employees
and controlling persons (each, an "Indemnified Person") harmless from
and against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (including,
without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) to
which any Indemnified Person may become subject insofar as the same
arises from an action which alleges or is based upon:
(a) any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in
the Offering Circular, or omission of a material fact, or any other
violation of applicable securities or other laws, rules and
regulations; or
(b) the performance by each of the Managers of its obligations and
services, or the performance by any other Indemnified Person on behalf
of the Managers of any obligations hereunder in accordance with this
Agreement or otherwise in connection with the subject matter hereof,
including the issue of any material provided by the Company, or after
having been approved by, the Managers; or
12
<PAGE> 15
(c) any breach or alleged breach of or failure to comply with, the
laws or regulations of the United States or of any other State thereof
by the Company or any Affiliate resulting from the release of the
Press Announcement, and the preparation and distribution of the
Offering Circular; or
(d) any material breach or alleged material breach of any of the
representations and warranties, or any of the undertakings or
obligations of the Company; or
(e) the creation, allotment, offer, sale, issue and placing of the
Notes;
irrespective of the role or concurrent negligence of such Indemnified
Person, by the Company or its officers, directors, agents, employees
and controlling persons and to reimburse such Indemnified Person for
any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection
with investigating, settling or defending any action or claim in
connection therewith (including, without limitation, court costs and
reasonable attorneys' fees) up until such time as the Company assumes
the defense of any such action or claim; provided, however, that the
Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any
such loss, claim, damage or liability (i) directly or indirectly
results from any untrue statement of a material fact or omission of a
material fact made in the Offering Circular in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information provided to the Company by or on
behalf of the Managers specifically for inclusion in such Offering
Circular or (ii) is found in a final judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction to have resulted from the Indemnified Person's gross
negligence or bad faith in performing their services hereunder. If
for any reason the foregoing indemnification is unavailable to the
Indemnified Person or insufficient to hold the Indemnified Person
harmless, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or
payable by the Indemnified Person as a result of such loss, claim,
damage, or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
not only the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand
and the Indemnified Person on the other hand but also the relative
fault of the Company and the Indemnified Person, as well as any
relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees to reimburse
the Indemnified Person within ten days after presentation of any
statement by the Indemnified Person of all reasonable expenses
(including without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, the
reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys selected by the Indemnified
Person) incurred in connection with any testimony the Indemnified
Person or its employees are required to give (in court, before a
regulatory agency, by deposition or otherwise) in any regulatory or
court proceeding (including depositions), whether or not the
Indemnified Person is a party, and which related directly or
indirectly to the proposed Placement. This indemnity shall be without
prejudice to any other rights of any other Indemnified Person.
7.2 With respect to the foregoing Clause 7.1 of the
indemnification, the Company agrees that an Indemnified Person shall
not be deemed to have been grossly negligent for reasonably relying
upon any written untrue statement or alleged omission of a material
fact necessary to make the statements, in light of the circumstances
in which such statements were made, not misleading, contained in or
omitted from any information provided to the Indemnified Person by or
on behalf of the Company (including, without limitation of the
generality of the foregoing, any accountant or attorney employed or
retained by the Company). The indemnification provided in the
foregoing Clause 7.1 hereof shall extend upon the same terms and
conditions to each Person, if any, who may be deemed to control the
Indemnified Person and shall be applicable, to the extent set forth
herein, whether or not negligence of the person entitled to
indemnification is alleged or proven.
13
<PAGE> 16
7.3 Each Indemnified Person shall, in the event any action (with
respect to which indemnity or reimbursement from the Company may be
sought by the Indemnified Person on account of agreements contained
herein) shall be brought or threatened against such Indemnified
Person, prompt notice will be given to the Company in writing of such
action, together with a copy of all papers served on, or received by,
the Indemnified Person in connection with such action provided that
failure to give such notice shall not affect the Indemnified Person's
right under these indemnification provisions, unless, and only to the
extent that, such failure results in the Company's forfeiture of
substantive rights or defenses. If such an event occurs the Company
shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment of
counsel and the payment of all expenses. The Indemnified Person shall
have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to
participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such
counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnified Person unless (a)
the employment thereof has been specifically authorized by the Company
in writing; (b) the Company has failed to assume the defense and
employ counsel; or (c) the named parties, or parties threatened to be
named, to any such action (including any impleaded parties or parties
threatened to be impleaded) include both the Indemnified Person and
the Company, and the Indemnified Person has been advised by such
counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to the
Indemnified Person which are different from or additional to those
available to the Company (in which cases the Indemnified Person shall
have the right to employ their own counsel and in such cases any
reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid by the
Company).
7.4 The obligations under this Clause 7 shall survive any
termination of this Agreement, in whole or in part.
8. Fees and Expenses
8.1 The Company shall, on the Closing Date, pay to HSBC:
(i) for the account of the Lead Managers, a placement fee of
three percent (3%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Placed
Notes, which shall be allocated as between themselves, and any
Managers of the Issue as the Lead Managers see fit;
(ii) for the account of HSBC, a financial advisory fee of two
percent (2%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Placed Notes;
and
(iii) for the account of Rauscher Pierce & Clark Limited, a
financial advisory fee of two percent (2%) of the aggregate principal
amount of the Placed Notes.
Such commissions and fees shall be deducted from the Issue Price. The
Lead Managers and the Company acknowledge and agree that any fees
payable to third parties, other than the parties to the Issue
Documents as set forth in Section 8.3(d), to be agreed in a side
letter between the Company and the Lead Managers shall be payable out
of the financial advisory fees set forth in subparts (ii) and (iii)
above.
8.2 The Company shall issue to the Lead Managers or their
respective designees on the Closing Date warrants (the "Lead Manager
Warrants") pursuant to Regulation S to purchase an aggregate number of
shares of Common Stock equal in number to eight percent (8%) of the
total
14
<PAGE> 17
number of Shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes, at an initial
exercise price equal to U.S.$5.00, which shall be issued in the form
of Lead Manager warrant certificates (the "Lead Manager Warrant
Certificates"), a draft of which is in the agreed form. Each Lead
Manager Warrant shall entitle the holder to purchase one share at an
initial exercise price equal to the Conversion Price of the Notes, and
having a term of two and one half (22) years, and may be exercised as
to all or any lesser number of shares of Common Stock covered thereby,
commencing six (6) months after the date of issuance.
8.3 The Company is responsible for paying and shall reimburse the
party incurring:
(a) the fees and expenses of the legal, accountancy and other
professional advisers instructed by the Company in connection with the
creation and issue of the Notes and the preparation of the Offering
Circular;
(b) the costs incurred in connection with the preparation and
execution of this Agreement and the Issue Documents;
(c) the cost of setting, proofing, printing and delivering the
Offering Circular, the Global Note and the Bearer Notes;
(d) the fees and expenses of the other parties to the Issue
Documents;
(e) the cost of any advertising agreed between the Company, HSBC
and RPC; and
(f) the costs incurred in connection with the application for the
Notes to be listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
provided however, that any fees or costs incurred by HSBC and/or RPC
shall not, together with any amounts reimbursed pursuant to this
Section 8, exceed $200,000 without the prior written consent of the
Company.
8.4 In addition, the Company shall reimburse HSBC and RPC for all
legal fees and expenses and any travelling, communication, courier,
postage and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in
connection with the management of the issue of the Notes and any
amount due to HSBC or RPC under this sub-clause may be deducted from
the Issue Price or paid direct by the Company to any third party to
whom such moneys are payable; provided, however, that such expenses
shall not exceed U.S.$200,000 without the prior written consent of the
Company (including the due diligence visits by the Lead Managers,
roadshow expenses (if any), listing expenses, costs associated with
production of a research report on the Company to be issued following
the Closing, other costs specified in Section 8.3 and post-closing
advertisements, but excluding the fees and expenses of the Company's
legal counsel). Such reimbursement is not contingent upon the
successful completion of the Placement.
8.5 All payments in respect of the obligations of the Company
hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without withholding or
deduction for, any taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges
of whatsoever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed
by United States federal or state taxing authorities or any political
subdivision or any authority thereof or therein having power to tax,
unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. In that
event, the Company shall pay such additional amounts as will result in
the receipt by the relevant
15
<PAGE> 18
Person of such amounts as would have been received by it if no such
withholding or deduction had been required provided that such Person
is not a U.S. Person or entity.
8.6 The Company shall pay all stamp, registration and other taxes
and duties (including any interest and penalties thereon or in
connection therewith) which may be payable upon or in connection with
the creation, sale and issue of the Notes, and the execution of this
Agreement and the Issue Documents, and the Company shall indemnify
each Manager against any claim, demand, action, liability, damages,
cost, loss or expense (including, without limitation, legal fees)
which it may incur as a result or arising out of or in relation to any
failure to pay or delay in paying any of the same.
9. Closing
9.1 Subject to this Agreement not having been terminated pursuant
to Clause 10 and subject to Clause 9.3, the closing of the Issue shall
take place on the Closing Date, whereupon, subject to and in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Trust Indenture:
(a) the Company shall deliver the Global Note (in respect of the
number of Bearer Notes), duly executed on behalf of the Company and
authenticated in accordance with the Trust Indenture, to a common
depositary designated for the purpose by Euroclear and Cedel for
credit on the Closing Date to the accounts of Euroclear and Cedel with
such common depositary; and
(b) against such delivery of the Global Note referred to in Clause
9.1 the Lead Managers shall upon receipt of moneys from each Placee
make payment of such net proceeds received from the issue of the Notes
(namely the Issue Price less the fees and expenses that are to be
deducted pursuant to Clause 8) to the Segregated Account by wire
transfer in U.S. dollars either for same day value or on the business
day immediately thereafter together with interest at an annual rate of
five and one-half percent (5.5%) to such account as the Company has
designated to the Lead Managers.
9.2 The Company and the Lead Managers may agree to postpone the
Closing Date to another date not later than June 30, 1997, whereupon
all references herein to the Closing Date shall be construed as being
to that later date.
9.3 The Lead Managers shall only be under obligation to proceed
with the foregoing if:
(a) the Lead Managers receive on or before the Closing Date:
(i) a legal opinion dated the Closing Date and addressed
to the Lead Managers and the Trustee from Haynes and
Boone, L.L.P in a form reasonably acceptable to the
Lead Managers;
(ii) closing certificates dated the Closing Date,
addressed to the Lead Managers and signed by a duly
authorised signatory on behalf of the Company in
substantially the agreed form;
16
<PAGE> 19
(iii) a closing auditors comfort letter dated the Closing
Date and addressed to the Managers from Arthur
Andersen L.L.P. in substantially the agreed form;
(iv) confirmation from the Luxembourg Stock Exchange that
the Notes have been approved for listing on such
exchange subject to closing;
(b) the Issue Documents are executed on or before the Closing Date
by or on behalf of all parties thereto in substantially the agreed
form;
(c) there has, since the date of this Agreement, been no adverse
change, or any development reasonably likely to involve an adverse
change, in the condition (financial or otherwise) or general affairs
of the Company or any Subsidiary that is material in the context of
the offer, sale or issue of the Notes; and
(d) the representations and warranties by the Company in this
Agreement are true and correct on the date of this Agreement in all
material respects and on each date on which they are deemed to be
repeated and would be true and correct if they were repeated on the
Closing Date with reference to the facts and circumstances then
subsisting.
10. Termination
10.1 Either of the Lead Managers may give a termination notice to
the Company at any time prior to the Closing if:
(a) any representation and warranty by the Company in this
Agreement is or proves to be untrue or incorrect in any material
respect (in the opinion of the Lead Managers) after consultation with
their legal counsel on the date of this Agreement or on any date on
which it is deemed to be repeated;
(b) the Company fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder
which in the opinion of the Lead Managers after consultation with
their legal counsel is material;
(c) any of the conditions in Clause 9.3 is not satisfied or waived
by the Lead Managers on the Closing Date; or
(d) since the date of this Agreement there has been, in the
opinion of either of the Lead Managers (after such consultation with
the Company as may be reasonably practicable in the circumstances),
such a change in national or international financial, political or
economic conditions, currency exchange rates or exchange controls on
the U.S. or international oil and gas markets as would in its view be
likely to prejudice materially the success of the offering and
distribution of the Notes or dealings in the Notes in the secondary
market.
10.2 The Company may give a termination notice to the Lead Managers
at any time prior to the delivery by the Company of the Global Note to
the common depositary on the Closing Date, if any of the Lead Managers
fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder or comply with any
of the terms hereof which in either case is material in the opinion of
the Company after consultation with its legal counsel.
17
<PAGE> 20
10.3 Upon the giving of a termination notice under Clause 10.1 or
10.2 and subject to Clause
10.4:
(a) the Company shall be discharged from performance of its
obligations under Clauses 3. 1 and 7. 1;
(b) the Managers shall be discharged from performance of their
respective obligations hereunder; and
(c) the provisions of Clauses 1, 7, 8.3, 8.4, 13 and 14 shall
continue in full force and effect.
10.4 A discharge pursuant to Clause 10.2 shall not affect the other
obligations of the parties hereto and shall be without prejudice to
accrued liabilities.
11. Survival
The provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect notwithstanding the completion of the arrangements set out
herein for the issue of the Notes and regardless of any investigation
by any party hereto.
12. Time
Any date or period specified herein may be postponed or extended by
mutual written agreement among the parties but as regards any date or
period originally fixed or so postponed or extended, time shall be of
the essence.
13. Notices
13.1 All notices and other communications hereunder shall be made
in writing and in English (by letter, telex or fax) and shall be sent
as follows:
(a) if to the Company, to it at:
5605 North MacArthur Boulevard
Suite 400
Irving, Texas 75038
Attention: Bruce N. Huff
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Tel: (972) 753 6839
Fax: (972) 753 6926
18
<PAGE> 21
With a copy
to: Larry E. Cummings
Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
Tel: (972) 752 6932
Fax: (972) 753 6963
(b) if to HSBC, to it at:
Thames Exchange
10 Queen Street Place
London EC4R 1BL
Attention: Simon Eagles
Equity Capital Markets
Tel: 0171 336 2237
Fax: 0171 929 1520
Telex: 888866
(c) if to RPC, to it at:
56 Green Street
London WlY 3RH
Attention: David P. Quint
Managing Director
Tel: 0171 491 2434
Fax: 0171 491 9081
13.2 Every notice or other communication sent in accordance with
Clause 13.1 shall be effective as follows:
(a) if sent by letter or fax, upon receipt by the addressee; and
(b) if sent by telex, upon receipt by the sender of the addressee's
answerback at the end of transmission;
provided, that any such notice or other communication which would
otherwise take effect after 4.00 p.m. (Greenwich Mean Time) on any
particular day shall not take effect until 10.00 a.m. (Greenwich Mean
Time) on the immediately succeeding business day in the place of the
addressee.
19
<PAGE> 22
14. Governing Law
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflict of
laws provisions thereof.
20
<PAGE> 23
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their duly authorised representatives as of the day and year first
above written.
HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION
By: /s/ Bruce N. Huff
-------------------------------
Name: Bruce N. Huff
-------------------------------
Title: SVP and CFO
-------------------------------
HSBC INVESTMENT BANK PLC
By: /s/ Simon Eagles
-------------------------------
Name: Simon Eagles
-------------------------------
Title: Director - Equity Capital Marke
-------------------------------
RAUSCHER PIERCE & CLARK, INC.
By: /s/ David P. Quint
-------------------------------
Name: David P. Quint
-------------------------------
Title: President
-------------------------------
RAUSCHER PIERCE & CLARK LIMITED
By: /s/ David P. Quint
-------------------------------
Name: David P. Quint
-------------------------------
Title: Managing Director
-------------------------------
21
<PAGE> 24
BANCA DEL GOTTARDO
By: /s/ Edward Law
--------------------------
Name: Edward Law
--------------------------
Title: Manager
--------------------------
JEFFERIES INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
By: /s/ Edward Law
--------------------------
Name: Edward Law
--------------------------
Title: Manager
--------------------------
INVESTMENTBANK AUSTRIA A.G.
By: /s/ Edward Law
--------------------------
Name: Edward Law
--------------------------
Title: Manager
--------------------------
22
<PAGE> 25
The Schedule
Selling Restrictions
1. General
1.1 Each Manager acknowledges that no action has been or will be
taken in any jurisdiction by the Company that would permit a public
offering of the Notes, or possession or distribution of any offering
material in relation thereto, in any country or jurisdiction where
action for that purpose is required.
1.2 Each Manager undertakes to the Company that it will comply
with all applicable laws and regulations in each country or
jurisdiction in which it purchases, offers, sells or delivers Notes or
has in its possession or distributes such offering material, in all
cases at its own expense including, without limitation, in the United
Kingdom, the provisions of the Criminal Justice Act 1993 and the Money
Laundering Regulations (1993).
1.3 Each Manager undertakes to the Company that it will comply
with all U.S. laws and regulations applicable to the offer and sale of
the Notes, including Regulation S of the Securities Act, the exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to
which the Notes are being offered and sold. Notwithstanding any of
the agreements, terms or procedures set forth in this Agreement, if
Regulation S is amended such amendments are deemed applicable to the
offering of the Notes, each of the Managers and the Company undertake
to comply with Regulation S, as amended, and to negotiate in good
faith the agreements, terms and procedures set forth in this Agreement
if necessary to comply with Regulations S, as amended.
2. United States
2.1 The Notes have not been and will not be registered under the
Securities Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States
except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act. The Shares have not been registered under the
Securities Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States
unless registered under the Securities Act or in a transaction
pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act.
2.2 The offers and sales of the Notes are to be effected pursuant
to the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act pursuant to Regulation S thereunder. The Company and the Managers
have established the following procedures in connection with the
offer, sale and resale of the Notes:
(a) Each offer and sale of the Notes shall be made only in an
"offshore transaction" (as defined in Regulation S) and to investors
who are not "U.S. persons" (as defined in Regulation S);
(b) no offer or sale of any of the Notes shall be made in the
United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, any "U.S.
person" (as defined in Regulation S);
23
<PAGE> 26
(c) no "directed selling efforts" (as defined in Regulation S) in
respect of the Notes shall be made in or directed toward the United
States;
(d) "offering restrictions" (as defined in Regulation S) in respect
of the Notes shall be implemented;
(e) each purchaser of the Notes shall be furnished with the
Offering Circular prepared by the Company together with any amendments
thereof and supplements thereto as shall have been prepared by the
Company, which describe, among other things, (i) the Notes, (ii) such
summary financial and business information concerning the Company as
is considered appropriate; and (iii) the restrictions on resale of the
Notes;
(f) no Offering Circular (or any revision or amendment thereof or
supplement thereto) shall be delivered to any "U.S. person" (as
defined in Regulation S);
(g) the Company agrees to furnish the Managers with such number of
copies of the Offering Circular and any revision or amendment thereof
or supplement thereto as the Managers may require in connection with
the offer and sale of the Notes; and
(h) each purchaser of the Notes shall be required to confirm (i)
by means of written certification, (ii) by acceptance of their
subscription allotment, or (iii) by other means of confirmation
acceptable to the Company and the Lead Managers that it is not a "U.S.
person" (as defined in Regulation S) and that such purchaser will not
offer or sell the Notes otherwise than in compliance with the
Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission thereunder.
2.3 Each Manager hereby represents, warrants and covenants with
the Company that the Manager, its affiliates, and any person acting on
behalf of, or as agent of, any of the foregoing, shall, whether as
principal or agent:
(a) comply with the procedures set forth in Sections 2.2 and 3
hereof;
(b) offer and sell the Notes to the purchasers only in "offshore
transactions" (as defined in Regulation S);
(c) not engage with respect to the Notes in any "directed selling
efforts" (as defined in Regulation S) in or directed toward the United
States;
(d) comply with all "offering restrictions" (as defined in
Regulation S) in respect of the Notes;
(e) not deliver any Offering Circular or any revision or amendment
thereof or supplement thereto to any "U.S. person" (as defined in
Regulation S);
(f) not make any offers or sales of any of the Notes or any
interest therein in the United States or to, or for the account or
benefit of, any "U.S. person" (as defined in Regulation S);
(g) comply with all laws and regulations of those jurisdictions in
which the Notes are offered or sold which are applicable to the offer
and sale of the Notes; and
24
<PAGE> 27
(h) on or prior to the Closing Date, send to each person who is
acting on behalf of the Manager a written confirmation or other notice
to the effect that such person is subject to the same restrictions on
offers and sales that apply to the Manager.
2.4 The Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants with the
Managers that the Company its affiliates, and any person acting on
behalf of, or as agent of, any of the foregoing, shall, whether as
principal or agent:
(a) comply with the procedures set forth in Section 2.2 hereof;
(b) offer and sell the Notes to the purchasers only in "offshore
transactions" (as defined in Regulation S);
(c) not engage with respect to the Notes in any "direct selling
efforts" (as defined in Regulation S) in or directed toward the United
States;
(d) comply with all "offering restrictions" (as defined in
Regulation S) in respect of the Notes;
(e) not deliver any Offering Circular or any revision or amendment
thereof or supplement thereto to any "U.S. person" (as defined in
Regulation S);
(f) not make any offers or sales of any of the Notes or any
interest therein in the United States or to, or for the account or
benefit of, any "U.S. person" (as defined in Regulation S); and
(g) not make any sales of any of the Notes or any interest therein
to any person other than the purchasers; provided, however, that
insofar as this representation and warranty involves any participating
broker-dealers in the offering, any affiliate of such broker-dealer or
any officer, director, employee or agent of such broker-dealer, to the
extent such broker-dealer is acting as Manager for the offering of the
Notes, such representation is made by the Company solely on the basis
of and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of such
broker-dealer.
3. United Kingdom
Each Manager represents, warrants and undertakes to the Company that:
(a) it has not offered or sold and prior to the expiry of the
period of six (6) months from the Closing Date will not offer or sell
any Notes to persons in the United Kingdom, except to persons whose
ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or
disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of
their businesses in circumstances which have not resulted in an offer
to the public within the meaning of the Public Offer of Securities
Regulations 1995;
(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions
of the Financial Services Act 1986 and applicable orders and
regulations thereunder with respect to anything done by it in relation
to the Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and
(c) it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on
to any person in the United Kingdom any document received by it in
connection with the issue of the Notes, if that person is
25
<PAGE> 28
of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act
1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 or is a
person to whom such document may otherwise lawfully be issued or
passed on.
26
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.3
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT") AND MAY NOT BE
OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, CONVERTED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE UNITED STATES
OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY "U.S. PERSON" (AS DEFINED IN
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) UNLESS THE NOTE HAS BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS
OR EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH LAWS ARE AVAILABLE.
ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO
LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS
PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(J) AND 1287(A) OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE
CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED.
THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY ANY AGENCY OF THE UNITED
STATES GOVERNMENT.
HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION
5.5% SENIOR CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE 2002
TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE
Harken Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter, the
"Issuer," which term includes any successor corporation under the Trust
Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay
to bearer upon presentation and surrender of this Temporary Global Note (the
"Global Note") the principal sum of Seventy Million United States Dollars (U.S.
$70,000,000) on June 11, 2002, and, to pay interest thereon from the date
hereof, semi- annually in arrears on June 11 and December 11 in each year,
commencing December 11, 1997, at the rate of 5.5% per annum, calculated on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, until the principal
hereof is paid or payment thereof is duly provided for.
This Global Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes designated
as the 5.5% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2002 (the "Notes") of the Issuer
issued and to be issued under the Trust Indenture dated as of June 11, 1997
(herein called the "Trust Indenture"), between the Issuer and Marine Midland
Bank, as Trustee. It is a temporary security and is exchangeable in whole or
in part without charge for definitive Notes in bearer form, with interest
coupons attached, on or after the end of the Restricted Period, as defined in
the Trust Indenture, as promptly as practicable following presentation of
election by any of the beneficial owner or owners of this Global Note.
Until exchanged in full for definitive Notes this Global Note shall in
all respects be ratably entitled to the same benefits under, and subject to the
same Terms and Conditions of, the Trust Indenture as definitive Notes
authenticated and delivered thereunder, except that the holder of this Global
Note shall not be entitled to receive payment of principal or interest hereon,
and this Note shall not be convertible into Shares of the Issuer's Common
Stock.
This Global Note, the definitive Notes and the Trust Indenture shall
be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New
York.
<PAGE> 2
Global Note
Page 2
All terms used in this Global Note which are defined in the Trust
Indenture shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Trust
Indenture.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
the Trustee or on behalf of the Trustee by the Authenticating Agent by manual
signature of one of its authorized signatories, this Global Note shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the Trust Indenture and shall not be valid or
obligatory for any purpose.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Global Note to be duly
executed in its corporate name by the manual or facsimile signatures of the
undersigned duly authorized officers of the Issuer.
Dated as of June 11, 1997
HARKEN ENERGY CORPORATION
By: /s/ LARRY E. CUMMINGS
----------------------------------------
Larry E. Cummings, Vice President
[Corporate Seal]
ATTEST:
By: /s/ GREGORY S. PORTER
----------------------------------------
Gregory S. Porter, Assistant Secretary
TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This Global Note is one of the Notes referred to in the within
mentioned Trust Indenture.
MIDLAND BANK PLC
Authenticating Agent for Marine Midland
Bank, as Trustee
By: /s/ CARL BALDARY
--------------------------
Name: Carl Baldary
------------------------
Title: Transaction Manager
-----------------------
<PAGE> 1
DRILLING CONTRACT
BETWEEN
HARKEN DE COLOMBIA, LTD.
("OPERATOR")
AND
PARKER DRILLING COMPANY INTERNATIONAL LTD.
("CONTRACTOR")
FOR
RIG 223
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
PART I: SCOPE OF THE CONTRACT
1. The Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. The Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. Contract Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
4. Drilling Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4.1 CONTRACTOR'S Standard of Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4.2 The Rig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4.3 Drilling Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4.3A Abandonment of Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4.3B Completion of Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4.4 Well Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.5 Cuttings and Cores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.6 Measurements and Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.7 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.8 OPERATOR Taking Complete Control Over Drilling Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
5. Personnel Assigned to the Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
6. Equipment and Supplies Furnished by the Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
7. Travel of Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
8. Transport of Equipment and Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
PART II: ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
9. Import and Export of Drilling Rig, Ancillary Equipment,
Materials and Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
10. Responsibility as to Records, Reports, Inspections, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
10.1 Reports and Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
10.2 Confidentiality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
11. Invoicing and Paying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
11.1 Invoice Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
11.2 Currency and Time of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
11.3 Disputed Invoices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
11.4 IVA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
12. Notices and Designation of Representatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
PART III: LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES
13. Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
14. Responsibility for Loss or Damage to CONTRACTOR Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
15. Responsibility for Loss or Damage to OPERATOR Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
16. Reciprocal Indemnities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
17. Responsibility for the Condition of the Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
18. Risk of Damage to or Loss of Underground Mineral Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
19. Responsibility for Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
20. Force Majeure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
21. Pollution or Contamination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 3
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
PART IV: LAW OF THE CONTRACT
22. Assignment of Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
23. Exhibits as Part of Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
24. Relationship of Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
25. Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
26. Prior Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
27. Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
28. Patents and Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
29. CONTRACTOR's Obligation To Comply with Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
PART V: COMPENSATION TO CONTRACTOR
30. Rates of Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
30.1 Mobilization Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
30.2 Operating Day Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
30.3 Moving Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
30.4 Standby With Crews Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
30.5 Standby Without Crews Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
30.6 Mechanical Breakdown Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
30.7 Negligence Remedial Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
30.8 Force Majeure Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
30.9 Demobilization Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
30.10 Application of Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
30.11 Early Termination Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
31. Reimbursable Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
31.1 Materials, Services and Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
31.2 Oil-Based Drilling Fluid Incentives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
32. Daily Rate Increases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
33. Signatures of the Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
EXHIBITS:
"A" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
"B" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
"C" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
"D" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-29
"E" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-32
ATTACHMENT "A" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 4
DRILLING CONTRACT
RIG 223
PART 1: SCOPE OF THE CONTRACT
1. THE PARTIES
This agreement is entered into this 22nd day of July, 1997, by and
between HARKEN DE COLOMBIA, LTD. (HDC), a Cayman Islands corporation
("OPERATOR"), and PARKER DRILLING COMPANY INTERNATIONAL LTD., a Nevada
corporation ("CONTRACTOR").
2. THE WORK
CONTRACTOR shall drill all wells by the rotary method (inclusive of
downhole motor operations and directional wells) for OPERATOR to
depths specified by OPERATOR, but not to exceed 15,000 feet unless
with CONTRACTOR's agreement. These wells shall be at locations
selected by OPERATOR within Operators Association Contract areas (the
"Block(s)") located in Colombia, South America. CONTRACTOR represents
that it possesses well-skilled employees and proper equipment as
specified herein for performance of all its work under this Contract.
CONTRACTOR has knowledge of the physical, health and climatic
conditions existing in the Blocks where the drilling operations will
be undertaken. CONTRACTOR shall perform all operations with diligence
and skill, applying sound engineering principles and good oil field
practices, CONTRACTOR shall conduct drilling, completion and testing
operations on a full twenty-four hour day, seven day week basis.
3. CONTRACT DURATION
This Contract shall become effective upon signing by the parties and
shall continue in effect for one year from and after the Commencement
Date (as defined in Section 30.2 hereof). The parties contemplate that
the operation will commence on or about November 1, 1997, however, in
the event Operator is not ready to mobilize Contractor's rig at the
termination of the Chevron contract, or by October 1, 1997 in the
event Contractor does not enter into a contract with Chevron, a rate
of US$ 4,860.00/day will be due until mobilization to Operator's first
well site. Subject to Article 3.1, OPERATOR shall have a renewable
option to extend this contract for a period or periods, each period
being not less than 6 months nor more than 12 months. OPERATOR shall
notify to CONTRACTOR in writing of its election to extend this
Contract as soon as practicable BUT NOT LATER THAN SIXTY (60) DAYS
BEFORE THE END OF THE INITIAL TERM or subsequent extension period term
of the Contract. OPERATOR may terminate this contract effective any
time after the date of spudding of the first well, subject to the
early termination provisions herein.
1
<PAGE> 5
3.1 Contract Extension - OPERATOR's election to extend this Contract as
provided in Article 3 above is subject to OPERATOR's and CONTRACTOR's
negotiation of mutually acceptable rates and Contract modifications
agreeable to both parties.
3.2 Early Termination
3.2.1 Either party may immediately terminate this Contract upon
written notice to the other Party, if the Rig is declared by
either Party as an actual, constructive, compromised or
arranged total loss except that compensation properly earned
up to the time of day of that loss shall be owed by OPERATOR
to CONTRACTOR.
3.2.2 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary,
OPERATOR shall, at any time, have the right to terminate this
Contract, upon thirty (30) days written notice, even though
CONTRACTOR has not defaulted hereunder, and, in such event,
CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to compensation properly earned
through the end of that thirty (30) day notice period,
including the applicable Demobilization Fee and Early
Termination Fee as defined by 30.11.
3.2.3 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, CONTRACTOR
shall have the right to terminate this Contract, upon thirty
(30) days written notice stating that, in CONTRACTOR's
reasonable opinion, it is uneconomical for CONTRACTOR to
continue operations under this Contract, and certifying that
one of the following conditions applies:
3.2.3.1 OPERATOR has failed to pay CONTRACTOR
undisputed amounts and such amounts remain
unpaid following notice and a seven day grace
period.
3.2.3.2 New government edict, decree, rule,
regulation or law has been applied to
CONTRACTOR or his entitlement under this
Contract.
2
<PAGE> 6
4. DRILLING OPERATIONS
4.1 CONTRACTOR'S STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE - CONTRACTOR warrants
that the operation and maintenance of Contractor's Equipment
will be performed safely and in good and workmanlike manner in
accordance with accepted international oilfield practices and
in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations
in effect as of the effective date of this Contract; that
CONTRACTOR's equipment shall be in good working order and its
personnel fully trained and capable of safely operating such
equipment and performing services required herein for
OPERATOR; that CONTRACTOR regularly conducts training and
safety programs; that all materials, equipment, goods,
supplies or manufactured articles furnished by CONTRACTOR in
the performance of the work or services shall be of suitable
quality and workmanship for their intended purposes, in
accordance with specifications, and shall be free from
defects; and that CONTRACTOR will not employ any employee
whose employment violates applicable labor or other laws.
CONTRACTOR further covenants, warrants and represents that all
work performed by it hereunder shall be conducted in
accordance with accepted international safety regulations (as
used in the country of Colombia), environmental laws and
regulations, precautions and procedures in effect as of the
effective date and by employing the necessary protective
equipment and devices described in the attached inventory. Any
breach of this safety covenant shall be grounds for immediate
termination of this Contract by Operator.
4.2 THE RIG - CONTRACTOR shall furnish its RIG 223 which is a
complete drilling rig as described in Exhibit "B". CONTRACTOR
shall operate the rig and ancillary equipment at ninety (90)
percent of manufacturer's rated operating specifications.
Contractor shall provide rig modifications (including
modifications to substructure) as necessary to accommodate
underbalanced drilling equipment, and one additional mud pump
independently powered and compatible with the existing
drilling rig equipment. The Drilling Tubulars (Drill Pipe,
Heavy Weight Drill Pipe, Collars, Cross-Overs, Stabilizers,
Subs, etc.) will be subject to Exhibit E, "Tubular Standards".
In special circumstances, at OPERATOR request, CONTRACTOR in
its sole discretion may operate the rig and ancillary
equipment at manufacturer's rated operating specifications.
CONTRACTOR shall maintain the rig and ancillary equipment in
good working order.
3
<PAGE> 7
The rig will maintain a current inspection certificate for all
major load bearing components. The inspection will be
performed by a third party inspection contractor.
OPERATOR shall notify CONTRACTOR of the location of the
initial well. CONTRACTOR shall mobilize the rig, the equipment
described herein, and its personnel to the location of the
initial well and shall make all necessary preparations for
spudding the initial well within approximately 25 days
following OPERATOR's notification of the location of the
initial well.
4.3 DRILLING PROGRAM - Before any drilling begins on any well,
OPERATOR shall deliver the drilling program to CONTRACTOR
which Contractor shall give notice to Operator of its'
receipt. Contractor shall also certify in writing to Operator
that "rigging-up" is satisfactorily completed. CONTRACTOR
shall use reasonable diligence to conduct all drilling
operations in conformance with OPERATOR's drilling program.
OPERATOR may modify the drilling program so long as any
modifications which materially increases CONTRACTOR's hazards
or costs of performance bears CONTRACTOR's approval and
provides for an appropriate rate increase as mutually agreed
by the parties. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BEGIN TO DISMANTLE ITS
RIG AND EQUIPMENT FOR DEMOBILIZATION UNTIL AUTHORIZED TO DO SO
BY OPERATOR IN WRITING.
4.3A ABANDONMENT OF WELL: OPERATOR at any time may elect
to have a well abandoned. Upon notice of such
election, CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from the
hole and lay down all recoverable casing and tubing
and plug and abandon the hole in accordance with the
program provided by OPERATOR in a manner satisfactory
to OPERATOR and in compliance with all government
rules and regulations including environmental laws
and permits (obtained by OPERATOR) and CONTRACTOR
shall also promptly remove in compliance with all
government rules and regulations all its equipment,
machinery, tools, supplies and materials furnished
and all its debris and refuse from the location
resulting from its activities under this agreement.
4.3B COMPLETION OF WELL: OPERATOR may at any time elect to
have a well completed or recompleted, and in that
event, CONTRACTOR shall perform the work of
completing the well in accordance with the program
provided by OPERATOR in a manner and to the extent
desired by OPERATOR, including but not limited to the
running of liner and tubing, making permanent well
head connections and installing Christmas trees.
4
<PAGE> 8
4.4 WELL CONTROL - CONTRACTOR shall maintain their provided well
control equipment in good operating condition at all times,
and shall in addition make such further checks as OPERATOR
shall direct and shall use reasonable means to control and
prevent fires, blowouts and other damage, to protect the hole
and to protect OPERATOR equipment.
4.5 CUTTINGS AND CORES - When requested by OPERATOR, CONTRACTOR
shall save and identify the cuttings and cores free from
contamination and place them in separate containers furnished
by OPERATOR. Such cuttings and cores shall be made available
to a representative of OPERATOR at the site.
4.6 MEASUREMENTS AND TESTS - Routinely and in addition whenever
requested by OPERATOR, CONTRACTOR shall measure and record the
total length of all in-hole tubulars in service with a steel
tape.
4.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS - OPERATOR and CONTRACTOR shall take
measures to provide safe working conditions and shall comply
with safety procedures in effect as of the effective date of
this Contract regarding the maintenance and operation of
Contractors Equipment, delivered in writing by OPERATOR or
promulgated by applicable governmental agency, ministry or
authority and incorporated with this contract and without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall maintain
proper barriers, guard rails and other safety devices to
lessen hazards during the performance of work under this
Contract. Any safety equipment required by OPERATOR and
provided in addition to that listed in Exhibit "B" shall be
for OPERATOR account.' CONTRACTOR shall not permit smoking,
hot work or any open flames at the wellsite (except in
OPERATOR designated areas). Smoking, hot work and open flames
will be controlled via permits issued by OPERATOR and may be
canceled or reinstated by OPERATOR due to site conditions.
CONTRACTOR shall equip the rig with vapor proof lights and
shall equip the drilling engines' exhaust with a water
injection device so as to reduce the hazard of fire.
CONTRACTOR shall install on each well worked on hereunder
blowout prevention devices of the type shown in Exhibit "B"
and shall operate such devices at regular intervals.
Contractor is aware that use of underbalanced drilling
techniques are expected during the term of this contract. If
required, CONTRACTOR shall, within the capabilities of the
equipment and personnel required to be furnished by CONTRACTOR
hereunder, take precautions to prevent the well from igniting.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, should CONTRACTOR determine
that conditions exist that present an unreasonably dangerous
risk of injury or loss to persons or property, it may cease
operations until the cause of such unsafe condition has been
remedied. CONTRACTOR shall report to OPERATOR as soon as
practicable all accidents or occurrences resulting in injuries
to CONTRACTOR's employees or third parties or damage to the
property of CONTRACTOR, OPERATOR or any third parties arising
out of or in the course of the operations hereunder.
5
<PAGE> 9
4.8 OPERATOR TAKING COMPLETE CONTROL OVER DRILLING OPERATIONS
4.8A Should any well blow-out, ignite, or in any manner
get out of control, OPERATOR may assume complete
control and supervision of the work of bringing the
well under control or putting out the fire. Unless
and until OPERATOR so elects in writing to assume
such complete control, CONTRACTOR shall be in
complete control and supervision of the same.
4.8B Should CONTRACTOR at any time fail to conduct its
operations in compliance with applicable laws, rules
and regulations, with skill and diligence, in
conformance with accepted oilfield practice and sound
engineering principles, and in accordance with the
terms of this Contract, then OPERATOR shall notify
CONTRACTOR in writing of the specific deficiency.
After having received such notice, CONTRACTOR shall
have five days in which to fulfill its contractual
responsibilities by taking measures to rectify the
deficiency. Should CONTRACTOR fail to correct the
deficiency, OPERATOR may assume control of the rig
and ancillary equipment and continue the drilling
operations on that well until CONTRACTOR remedied any
deficiencies.
4.8C For all time during which OPERATOR is in control of
the drilling operations pursuant to Articles 4.8A or
4.8B. OPERATOR shall have full use of CONTRACTOR's
rig, equipment, machinery, facilities, material,
supplies and personnel at the location with
remuneration to CONTRACTOR at the Operating Day Rate,
Article 30.2, and all operations shall be conducted
at the sole risk of OPERATOR and CONTRACTOR's
indemnity obligations shall be suspended. CONTRACTOR
agrees to provide continuing insurance coverage for
the Contractor's Equipment, subject to insurers
approval, but OPERATOR will be solely responsible for
any damage not covered by insurance.
5. PERSONNEL ASSIGNED TO THE OPERATIONS
CONTRACTOR shall provide the personnel listed in Exhibit "C" at its
expense, Should CONTRACTOR provide additional personnel at OPERATOR
request for brief periods, remuneration shall be at cost plus ten
percent (10%). At OPERATOR's written notice, specifying the
deficiency, CONTRACTOR shall withdraw from the operations any employee
OPERATOR reasonably requests. CONTRACTOR shall pay any costs incurred
in withdrawing and replacing the unsuitable individual. CONTRACTOR
shall conduct all industrial relations matters in conformance with
applicable laws and customs.
6
<PAGE> 10
6. EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FURNISHED BY THE PARTIES
6.1 BY OPERATOR - At its expense, OPERATOR shall furnish the
equipment, machinery, tools, supplies, materials and services
listed in Exhibit "D".
6.2 BY CONTRACTOR - At its expense, CONTRACTOR shall furnish the
equipment, machinery, drill strings, tools, supplies and
personnel as listed in Exhibits "B", "C", and "D" (subject to
the requirements of Exhibit E). The parties deem these items
to be necessary items for the full performance of CONTRACTOR
duties.
6.3 INSPECTION AND USE OF OPERATOR EQUIPMENT - Before using
OPERATOR furnished items, CONTRACTOR representative shall
visually inspect same with reasonable diligence and shall
advise OPERATOR of any apparent defect observed. All such
equipment, machinery, tools, and materials in CONTRACTOR's
possession shall remain OPERATOR's property and shall be
returned to OPERATOR at the end of operations in the same good
state of repair and operating conditions as when received,
subject to reasonable deterioration due to use. OPERATOR shall
not be entitled to any compensation for normal wear and tear
resulting from CONTRACTOR's use of such items. Liability for
damage to OPERATOR equipment is subject to Clause 15.
7. TRAVEL OF PERSONNEL
CONTRACTOR shall mobilize its personnel to the initial wellsite for
the beginning of operations at no extra cost to OPERATOR, other than
the mobilization fee. CONTRACTOR shall furnish transportation to each
wellsite for all of CONTRACTOR's personnel in connection with initial
personnel mobilization, crew changes and final personnel
demobilization. CONTRACTOR shall demobilize its personnel from each
wellsite at the end of operations at no extra cost to OPERATOR, other
than the demobilization fee.
8. TRANSPORT OF EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
CONTRACTOR shall prepare its rig and equipment and supplies for
mobilization at the beginning of operations as consideration for
OPERATOR's payment of the lump sum Mobilization Fee in Exhibit A. The
same Mobilization Fee will also include in total the transportation of
CONTRACTOR's rig and equipment to OPERATOR's wellsite, rigged up ready
to spud the well to be drilled hereunder. The rig shall be ready to
commence operations when CONTRACTOR has tested all necessary equipment
and is ready to run in the hole with the initial tools. In the event
OPERATOR is not ready to commence operations once CONTRACTOR is rigged
up and ready, the Standby with Crews Rate provided in Article 30.5
shall commence and continue from day to day
7
<PAGE> 11
thereafter until such time as the OPERATOR has authorized the
CONTRACTOR to commence drilling operations. The Moving Rate shall apply
during all time after the rig is released from one drilling location
to move and rig up on another location. During demobilization, the
Demobilization Fee in Exhibit A will apply while CONTRACTOR'S
equipment is being moved from OPERATOR's wellsite to CONTRACTOR's
yard. CONTRACTOR shall furnish transportation for CONTRACTOR's
operating supplies and materials from point of origin to the wellsite.
OPERATOR shall furnish transportation for OPERATOR's operating
supplies and materials to each wellsite and for Contractor's rig and
equipment to the second and subsequent wellsites.
PART II: ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
9. IMPORT AND EXPORT OF DRILLING RIG, ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND
SUPPLIES
CONTRACTOR's drilling rig, Rig 223, has been completely imported into
Colombia and includes at least all of the equipment listed in Exhibit
"B" and CONTRACTOR shall assume all fees, duties and taxes in
connection therewith. OPERATOR shall pay all import and export
expense, including without limitation, fees, duties, taxes, port
charges, storage charges and documentary taxes for other equipment
required by OPERATOR not included in Exhibit "B". CONTRACTOR's
obligation shall be limited to arranging for the transporting,
importing and clearing of spare parts and supplies for CONTRACTOR's
equipment to support its operations under this Contract.
All costs incident to the transport, importation/exportation, and
clearing of equipment, materials and supplies, which OPERATOR requests
CONTRACTOR to provide, will be for OPERATOR account. Special
amortized equipment such as the top drive unit, drilling tubulars and
third mud pump, requested by operator, is the responsibility of
Contractor
10. RESPONSIBILITY AS TO RECORDS, REPORTS, INSPECTIONS, ETC.
10.1 REPORTS AND INSPECTIONS - CONTRACTOR shall at all times permit
OPERATOR and its authorized employees and representatives to
inspect all work performed hereunder and to witness and check
all measurements and tests made in connection with said work.
CONTRACTOR shall keep an authentic and accurate history and
log of said wells, including all measurements required for
fishing operations with a record of all downhole equipment
which shall be open at all reasonable times to inspection by
OPERATOR and its authorized employees and representatives.
CONTRACTOR shall furnish each of OPERATOR's designated
representatives (pursuant to the Notice provision in Section
13) with a copy of the daily written I.A.D.C. drilling report
showing depths and work performed during the preceding
twenty-four (24) hours and any other information relative to
said well requested by OPERATOR.
8
<PAGE> 12
10.2 CONFIDENTIALITY - Recognizing the confidential nature of the
work, CONTRACTOR shall not, without OPERATOR's prior written
consent, allow any third person access to the well, nor give
out to any third person any information concerning the well,
or give out to third persons, nor permit any third person to
examine, any samples from the well. Upon completion of the
work on the well, the original history and log book, as well
as any copies and all other data, records and reports (except
one copy of the daily drilling report) of any nature
pertaining to CONTRACTOR's operations, shall be delivered to
OPERATOR, it being understood that neither CONTRACTOR nor any
of its employees shall retain any records or data relative to
any well which has reference to geologic information. This
ability to maintain such confidentiality shall extend beyond
any termination of this contract for an additional period of
two years beyond the remaining term of that specific Harken de
Colombia, Ltd. Association Contract.
11. INVOICING AND PAYING
11.1 INVOICE PRESENTATION - CONTRACTOR shall prepare invoices at
the end of each calendar month and after the rig is released
from each well and after each rig move. The invoices shall be
stated in U.S. Dollars. CONTRACTOR shall deliver the invoices
to OPERATOR's representative in Bogota, Colombia, with copy to
its Houston, Texas, office.
11.2 CURRENCY AND TIME OF PAYMENT - OPERATOR shall pay invoices in
U.S. Dollars, provided that CONTRACTOR may request payment of
a portion of the invoices in local currency by so specifying
at the time of invoice presentation. The exchange rate for
local currency payments shall be the Tasa Representativa del
Mercado (TRM) effective on date of invoice. OPERATOR shall pay
CONTRACTOR the approved amount of invoices within thirty (30)
days of receipt of the invoices. OPERATOR shall deliver local
currency payments to CONTRACTOR's office in Colombia. If
OPERATOR fails to pay the undisputed portion of any invoice
within thirty days of receipt, interest shall accrue from the
thirty-first day at the prime rate in effect from time to time
at Citibank, plus two percent (2%) until payment is received,
but the rate of interest shall not exceed the maximum rate
permitted by applicable law.
11.3 DISPUTED INVOICES - If OPERATOR disputes an item invoiced,
OPERATOR shall notify CONTRACTOR in writing of the item
disputed, specifying the reason and payment of the disputed
item shall be withheld until settlement of the dispute, but
PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE OF ANY UNDISPUTED PORTION. Payment of
any invoice shall not prejudice the right of OPERATOR to
question the correctness of any such invoice, provided that
within twenty-four (24) months of the date of any such invoice
OPERATOR shall make objection to any item or items thereof by
delivering CONTRACTOR written notice specifying the reasons
for its objection. Should OPERATOR within such a twenty-four
(24) month
9
<PAGE> 13
period so notify CONTRACTOR, adjustments shall be made between
the parties as the correctness of such item shall be
determined. Any invoice not objected to by OPERATOR within
such twenty-four month period shall be deemed final and not
subject to review. OPERATOR upon written notice to CONTRACTOR,
within the twenty-four (24) month period an invoice is
received shall have the right to audit CONTRACTOR's accounts
and records relating to operations hereunder.
11.4 IVA - For purposes of invoicing IVA tax applicable to this
construction contract, according to Article 3 of Decree 1372
of August 20, 1992, the Contractor deems his service included
to be 10% of the value of this Contract.
12. NOTICES AND DESIGNATION OF REPRESENTATIVES
All notices given by OPERATOR to CONTRACTOR shall be sent by
registered mail and telex or delivered to:
If to OPERATOR: HARKEN DE COLOMBIA, LTD.
Carrera 6, No.115-65 Oficina 514F
Santafe de Bogota, Colombia
Attn: Alvaro Puerta
Ph: 57-1-214-3444
Fax: 57-7-619-2676
with copy to: HARKEN INTERNATIONAL, LTD.
2929 Briarpark, Suite 440
Houston, TX
Attn: Stephen C. Voss
Ph: 713-789-9595
Fax: 713-789-9701
If to CONTRACTOR: PARKER DRILLING CO. INTERNATIONAL, LTD.
Carrera 62 No.16-92
Santafe de Bogota, Colombia
Attn: Mr. Greg Helmen
Ph: 011-57-1-419-1767
Fax: 011-57-1-261-2725
with copy to: PARKER DRILLING COMPANY
8 East Third Street
Tulsa, Oklahoma 74103
Attn: Donald L. Goodson
Ph: 918-631-1216
Fax: 918-631-1391
10
<PAGE> 14
PART III: LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES
13. DEFINITIONS
As used in this contract, "OPERATOR's personnel" shall mean the
employees, agents, personnel, invitees, etc. of OPERATOR and its
contractors (excluding CONTRACTOR).
"CONTRACTOR's personnel" shall mean the employees, agents, personnel,
invitees, etc. of CONTRACTOR and its subcontractors.
14. RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO CONTRACTOR ITEMS
CONTRACTOR shall assume the entire risk of and be solely responsible
for damage to or destruction or loss (by any means including blowout
and fire) of equipment, machinery, tools, (including but not limited
to CONTRACTOR's drill pipe, drill collars, subs, choke and kill lines,
flexible hoses, hydraulic hoses supplies and materials furnished by
CONTRACTOR in connection with the operations hereunder), except for
losses or damages to equipment resulting from the following: (1) all
occurrences when OPERATOR is in control of operations per Article 4.8;
(2) loss in any transportation furnished by or for account of
OPERATOR, (3) loss of or damage to equipment in the hole and (4) the
sole or gross negligence or willful misconduct of OPERATOR's
personnel. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for equipment losses and
damages arising under (3) above resulting from the sole or gross
negligence or willful misconduct by CONTRACTOR's personnel.
Reimbursement for equipment damaged in the hole, more than normal wear
and tear, will be at actual cost of repair or replacement cost,
including transportation to site, whichever is less. Replacement cost
shall be based on the attached schedule of downhole tools. OPERATOR
shall have the option to replace lost or damaged equipment in-kind;
provided said replacement equipment is of a quality and condition
acceptable to CONTRACTOR.
11
<PAGE> 15
Reimbursement for loss or damage to CONTRACTOR's equipment, (1) when
OPERATOR is in control of operations per Article 4.8; or (2) during
transportation furnished by or for the account of OPERATOR; or (3) as
a result of the sole or gross negligence of willful misconduct of
OPERATOR'S personnel, will be at replacement cost on location without
any deduction for depreciation; provided that OPERATOR's liability
hereunder shall be reduced by the proceeds of insurance, if any,
received by CONTRACTOR.
15. RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO OPERATOR ITEMS
OPERATOR shall assume liability at all times for damage to or loss or
destruction of OPERATOR furnished items regardless of how, when or
where such damage, loss or destruction occurs and CONTRACTOR shall be
under no liability to reimburse OPERATOR for such damage, loss or
destruction except in the case where such damage, loss or destruction
results from the sole or gross negligence or willful misconduct by
CONTRACTOR's personnel.
16. RECIPROCAL INDEMNITIES
(A) CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold harmless OPERATOR from
and against any and all claims, costs, liabilities, or
expenses for death of, or injury to CONTRACTOR's personnel or
loss of or damage to property of CONTRACTOR's personnel,
except such death, injury, property loss or property damage as
may result from the sole or gross negligence or willful
misconduct of OPERATOR's personnel.
(B OPERATOR agrees to indemnify and hold harmless CONTRACTOR from
and against any and all claims, costs, liabilities, or
expenses for death of, or injury to OPERATOR's personnel or
loss of or damage to property of OPERATOR's personnel, except
such death, injury, property loss or property damage as may
result from the sole or gross negligence or willful
misconduct of CONTRACTOR's personnel. Irrespective of the
insurance coverage provided by CONTRACTOR, OPERATOR's status
as an additional insured shall not be applicable except to the
extent CONTRACTOR has specifically assumed liability for such
loss or damage under this Contract.
(C) Neither party shall be liable to the other for special,
indirect or consequential damages resulting from or arising
out of this Contract, including without limitation, loss of
profit or business interruptions, however caused.
12
<PAGE> 16
(D) For the purposes of the indemnities OPERATOR's personnel shall
be deemed to include its other contractors and CONTRACTOR's
personnel shall be deemed to include its subcontractors.
17. RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONDITION OF THE HOLE
OPERATOR shall be responsible for the condition of the hole and shall
defend, indemnify and hold CONTRACTOR harmless from and against any
claims arising from damage to or loss of the hole resulting from any
of the hazards of drilling or completion operations, including the
cost of regaining control of the hole except if such loss was due to
the sole or gross negligence or willful misconduct of CONTRACTOR or
its personnel. If the hole is lost due to the sole or gross negligence
or willful misconduct of CONTRACTOR or its personnel, CONTRACTOR shall
redrill the hole or drill a new hole, to the depth at which the hole
was lost, at the negligence remedial rate, as OPERATOR's sole and
exclusive remedy. During any such period of remedial drilling, the
parties shall continue their respective responsibilities under this
Contract, including without limitation, those responsibilities
concerning furnishing of supplies and materials.
18. RISK OF DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF UNDER-GROUND MINERAL DEPOSITS
OPERATOR assumes the entire risk of damage to or loss or destruction
of underground mineral deposits, reservoirs, or pools, and from any
loss of oil and gas resulting from operations under this Contract if
at the time of the act or omission causing such damage, loss or
destruction, the oil or gas had not been reduced to physical
possession above the surface of the earth. OPERATOR shall hold
CONTRACTOR harmless against any such damage to the mineral deposits,
reservoirs, or pools, and from any loss of oil and gas resulting from
operations under this Contract regardless of the cause of such loss or
damage, including the negligence, sole, gross or otherwise of any
party, if. at the time of the act or omission causing such damage,
loss or destruction, the oil or gas had not been reduced to physical
possession above the surface of the earth.
19. RESPONSIBILITY FOR INSURANCE
CONTRACTOR shall at all times during the term of this agreement
purchase or provide insurance coverage in amounts no less than the
amounts provided in this Article 19. The insurance companies will be
reasonably acceptable to OPERATOR and CONTRACTOR shall provide
OPERATOR certificates evidencing the coverage. CONTRACTOR agrees that
all policies required shall include an endorsement waiving the rights
of subrogation against OPERATOR for liabilities specifically assumed
by CONTRACTOR under this Contract. OPERATOR will be named an
additional insured under CONTRACTOR's General Liability and
Automobile Liability policies to the extent of the liabilities
specifically assumed by CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract.
Such policies shall provide for thirty (30) days notice
13
<PAGE> 17
in writing to OPERATOR in the event of cancellation or material change
in coverage. In the event subcontractors are used, CONTRACTOR will
require such subcontractors to maintain Worker's Compensation and
General Liability Insurance commensurate with the work being
subcontracted. Any claim against Workers Compensation or Liability
Insurance shall be defended or discharged by CONTRACTOR. The insurance
coverage's are:
Worker's Compensation Insurance sufficient to comply with the laws of
the State of Texas to cover expatriate employees. CONTRACTOR shall
further comply with the laws of Colombia related to employment and
labor including any Worker's Compensation and Worker's Insurance or
other similar requirements regarding National employees, and shall
carry Employers Liability Insurance with limits of U.S. $300,000 for
injury to or death of each person and U.S. $1,000,000 for injuries to
or death of more than one person by reason of each occurrence;
Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of U.S. $300,000
for injury to or death of one person, U.S. $1,000,000 for injury to or
death of more than one person by reason of each occurrence and
property damage coverage for loss of or damage to the property of
third persons in the amount of U.S. $1,000,000 for any occurrence;
Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of U.S.
$250,000 per person with a limit of U.S. $1,000,000 each occurrence
and U.S. $1,000,000 property damage each occurrence;
Rig Casualty Insurance sufficient to protect CONTRACTOR against loss
or damage to the drilling equipment specified in Exhibit "B" to be
supplied by CONTRACTOR. Such Rig Casualty Insurance shall provide for
a waiver of subrogation as to OPERATOR, limited to the extent of the
specific liabilities assumed by CONTRACTOR in this Contract.
Excess Liabilities coverage in an amount of U.S. $5,000,000.
CONTRACTOR shall obtain any other coverage required by the laws of the
Colombia.
20. FORCE MAJEURE
Except for obligations for the payment of money, neither party shall
be liable for loss or damage arising out of any delay or failure of
performance caused by circumstances beyond its' control, including but
not limited to earthquake, flood, hurricane, blowout, cratering, acts
of God or public enemies, war, national emergency, invasion,
insurrection, riots, strikes, picketing, boycott, interruption of
services rendered by any public utility or interference by any
governmental agency or official (whether legal or illegal). Nor shall
any delay or failure of performance due to any of said causes be
deemed a breach of or a default in the performance of this Contract.
The party prevented from performing for any
14
<PAGE> 18
such cause shall promptly notify the other and shall do all things
reasonably possible to remove such cause and shall resume performance
hereunder as soon as such cause is removed. Should any act of force
majeure causing the suspension of operations hereunder continue for a
period of thirty (30) days or more, OPERATOR shall have the right to
terminate this agreement by giving CONTRACTOR five (5) days prior
notice of its intention to do so, subject to payment in accordance
with Articles 30.4 and 30.3 and 30.11.
21. POLLUTION OR CONTAMINATION
OPERATOR shall assume all liability for and defend, indemnify, hold
CONTRACTOR harmless from any loss or damage arising from pollution or
contamination except if caused by Contractor's gross negligence or
willful misconduct, including but not limited to that which may result
from (1) blowout, fire, cratering, seepage, or any other uncontrolled
flow of oil, gas or water during the conduct of operations hereunder
and (2) the use or disposition of oil emulsion, oil base or chemically
treated drilling fluids, well cuttings, and cavings, lost circulation
and fishing operations, recovery of materials and fluids, as well as
the furnishing of transportation for and disposition of such materials
when required. CONTRACTOR shall assume liability for surface spills of
pipe dope, greases, solvents, or other similar surface materials under
its control.
PART IV: LAW OF THE CONTRACT
22. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
Neither party may assign this Contract or any of its rights under this
Contract nor delegate any of its obligations other than to a wholly
owned subsidiary, affiliate corporation or joint venturer, without the
prior written consent of the other party, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld. The parties agree to respond to such notice
within fifteen (15) days.
23. EXHIBITS AS PART OF CONTRACT
Exhibits "A", "B", "C", "D" and "E" (including Attachment "A") are
attached hereto and shall be considered to be part of this agreement
to the same extent as if incorporated in the body hereof. For better
identification, such exhibits shall be initialed by both parties.
24. RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES
The work shall be performed by CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor
and CONTRACTOR's employees shall at all times be under the direction
and control of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR will receive directions from
OPERATOR as to the end results to be accomplished, and CONTRACTOR
shall be responsible for directing its employees as to the manner and
means of accomplishing the work to be performed by CONTRACTOR pursuant
to good
15
<PAGE> 19
and workman's practices. Compliance by CONTRACTOR, or its employees,
with engineering directions, safety practices, maintenance
instructions or change of orders issued by OPERATOR shall not affect
CONTRACTOR's status as an independent contractor and shall not relieve
CONTRACTOR of the obligations assumed by him under this Contract.
25. GOVERNING LAW
This agreement and interpretation hereof shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Texas, exclusive of the choice of law rules thereof,
as if therein to be wholly performed.
26. PRIOR AGREEMENTS
No prior stipulations, agreements or understanding by the parties or
any of their representatives shall be valid or enforceable unless
embodied in this Contract or covered by its provisions or added by
separate letter executed by both parties or their agents.
27. WAIVER
The waiver of or failure to require the performance of any covenant or
obligation contained in this Contract shall not be deemed to
constitute a waiver of a similar later breach.
28. PATENTS AND RIGHTS
OPERATOR shall not be liable or responsible for any damages or claims
of any kind arising out of real or alleged patent infringements,
design trademark or name or other protected rights which arise out of
or are caused by or are attributed, directly or indirectly, to any
work carried out and/or any equipment used by CONTRACTOR or its
subcontractors and CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, save and hold harmless
OPERATOR, its officers, employees, agents and servants from and
against such damages and claims. CONTRACTOR shall not be liable or
responsible for any damages or claims of any kind arising out of real
and alleged patent infringements, design trademark or name or other
protected rights which arise out of or are caused by or are attributed
to, directly or indirectly, any work carried out and/or any equipment,
except the equipment of CONTRACTOR and its subcontractors, used by
OPERATOR and OPERATOR shall indemnify, save and hold harmless
CONTRACTOR, its officers, employees, agents and servants from and
against such damages and claims.
29. CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATION TO COMPLY WITH LAWS
CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with all permits, concessions and
clearances (and with all applicable laws and regulations in effect on
the effective date of this Contract) that govern the performance of
CONTRACTOR's obligations
16
<PAGE> 20
under this Contract by CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify OPERATOR
against any and all liabilities, damages, claims, fines, penalties and
expense of whatsoever nature resulting from CONTRACTOR's failure to
comply with this provision. CONTRACTOR represents that it is qualified
to do business and is established on a proper legal basis to perform
services for OPERATOR in Colombia.
PART V: COMPENSATION TO CONTRACTOR
RATES OF COMPENSATION - Except as specified to the contrary herein,
the rates specified under this Clause 30 shall not accrue until the
Commencement Date.
CONTRACTOR shall perform drilling operations and fulfill its
obligations according to this Contract. OPERATOR shall pay CONTRACTOR
as full compensation for the work performed and material, equipment
and supplies furnished as follows:
30.1 Mobilization Fee - Initial wellsite will be determined prior
to Mobilization Fee being quoted by CONTRACTOR and approved by
OPERATOR. OPERATOR shall pay CONTRACTOR in a lump sum the
amount set forth as Exhibit "A", Item 1, for CONTRACTOR
mobilizing its personnel which are located at Bogota and its
rig and ancillary equipment and materials and supplies from
last wellsite to Operator's wellsite. OPERATOR shall pay this
amount within thirty days of receiving CONTRACTOR's invoice
bearing the date of departure of the rig from last wellsite.
30.2 Operating Day Rate - This rate is set forth as Exhibit "A",
Item 2. Unless superseded by another rate, beginning on the
day CONTRACTOR is ready to spud the first well (the
"Commencement Date") and continuing all the time until the rig
is released in preparation for rigging down to move and
including but not limited to time spent reaming, coring,
fishing, drill stem testing, picking up drill pipe, tripping,
circulating and conditioning mud, running and cementing
casing, waiting on cement, logging, waiting on orders,
nippling up, running tubing, testing and completing a well or
swabbing, OPERATOR shall pay CONTRACTOR the Operating Day
Rate.
30.3 Moving Rate - This rate is set forth as Exhibit "A", Item 3.
This rate shall apply during rigging up operations, during
dismantling operations and for all time spent moving the rig
from one wellsite to another wellsite. Operator and Contractor
shall, within 24 hours or earlier of rig release from
Operator's wellsite, mutually agree to a single lump sum
mobilization fee to transport all of Contractor's rig and
equipment to Operator's next wellsite. If mutual agreement on
a lump sum fee
17
<PAGE> 21
cannot be reached then Contractor's equipment will be moved
using Operator furnished transportation and Contractor shall
invoice Operator for all mobilization days at the Moving Rate
specified in Exhibit "A".
30.4 Standby With Crews Rate - This rate is set forth in Exhibit
"A", Item 4. Except for the situation set forth in Article
30.6, whenever the rig is shut down at OPERATOR's request, the
rig shall be considered to be standing by with crews. The
Operating Day Rate shall be payable for the first 24 hours
after Operator's request and thereafter the Standby With Crews
Rate shall be payable until the standby with crews status
ends.
30.5 Standby Without Crews Rate - This rate is set forth as Exhibit
"A", Item 5. Whenever in OPERATOR'S sole judgment the
estimated period of OPERATOR requested rig shut down is long
enough to warrant demobilization of personnel, cessation of
camp operations or other cost reductions, OPERATOR may place
the rig on the Standby Without Crews Rate upon, five days
written notice to CONTRACTOR. OPERATOR shall reimburse
CONTRACTOR in demobilizing CONTRACTOR's personnel from point
of origin and remobilizing them in connection with a period of
Standby Without Crews status at cost plus ten percent (10%).
Further reductions in this rate can be made by reducing the
drilling staff at the request of Operator to watchmen levels
only.
30.6 Mechanical Breakdown Rate - This rate is set forth at Exhibit
"A", Item 6 and is calculated as follows: if there is a work
stoppage due to mechanical failure not primarily caused by the
negligence of CONTRACTOR's personnel, payment shall be at the
full Operating Day Rate for any such stoppage up to
twenty-four hours per occurrence. Thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall
be entitled to receive a rate equal to sixty-five percent
(65%) of the Operating Day Rate until the breakdown is
repaired.
30.7 Negligence Remedial Rate
30.7.1 This rate is set forth at Exhibit "A", Item 7 and is
calculated as follows: If there is a work stoppage as
a primary result of the negligence of CONTRACTOR's
personnel, OPERATOR shall pay the Operating Day Rate
for any such stoppage up to twenty-four hours.
Thereafter, the rate shall be eighty percent (80%) of
the Operating Day Rate until the breakdown is
repaired or for ten days whichever first occurs. If a
breakdown under this Article 30.7.1 continues for
more than ten days, CONTRACTOR shall earn zero rate
beginning with the eleventh day until the breakdown
is repaired.
18
<PAGE> 22
30.7.2 Time Negligence Remedial Rate shall also be payable
for all time, without limitation, spent performing
remedial operations as provided in Article 17.
30.8 Force Majeure Rate - This rate is set forth at Exhibit "A",
Item 8 and is calculated as sixty-five percent (65%) of the
Operating Day Rate. The Force Majeure Rate shall be payable
whenever a condition of force majeure exists as described in
Article 20.
30.9 Demobilization Fee - OPERATOR shall pay CONTRACTOR in a lump
sum the amount set forth as Exhibit "A", Item 10 as a
demobilization fee within thirty days of receiving
CONTRACTOR's invoice bearing the date the rig, ancillary
equipment and supplies departs OPERATOR's last wellsite. If
Contractor has received another contract for this rig, to
commence with release of this rig from Operators last well,
then the demobilization will be reduced by the following:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Well 800 kms distant: 0 discount
Well 600 kms distant: 35% discount
Well 400 kms distant: 70% discount
Well 200 kms distant: 100% discount
</TABLE>
30.10 Application of Rates - The rates set forth in this Article 30
apply for a full 24-hour day and shall be prorated when two or
more rates apply to parts of a single 24-hour day. Only one
rate or fee shall be payable at any one time. During rigging
up, dismantling and well to well movement operations, the full
daily rate shall be payable even if operations are conducted
only during the daylight portion of the day.
30.11 Early Termination Fee - In the event this Contract is
terminated by OPERATOR prior to the one year initial term,
CONTRACTOR will receive, in addition to the compensation
provided in Section 3.2.2, the Early Termination Fee. The
number of days used in calculating the Early Termination Fee
shall be the lesser of (1) the number of days remaining in the
initial term of this Contract, or (2) 90 days. (The actual
number of days constituting this period in any situation shall
be referred to as the "Termination Period.")
In the event the OPERATOR elects early termination and the
CONTRACTOR acquires other work for the Rig during the
Termination Period, then OPERATOR shall be entitled to receive
a refund from CONTRACTOR of the daily Standby Without Crew
Rate for each day the Rig earns a dayrate under contract to a
third party.
The Early Termination Fee should not be applicable to any
subsequent period(s) to which the Contract has been extended
beyond the Initial Term of this Contract.
19
<PAGE> 23
31. REIMBURSABLE ITEMS
31.1 Materials, Services and Personnel-If OPERATOR requests
CONTRACTOR to provide materials, services or personnel in
addition to those specified in this Contract. OPERATOR shall
reimburse CONTRACTOR for such materials and services as are
actually furnished at CONTRACTOR cost plus ten percent (10%).
If any additional personnel are furnished by CONTRACTOR on a
short term basis, OPERATOR shall reimburse CONTRACTOR at cost
plus ten percent (10%).
31.2 Oil-Based Drilling Fluid Incentives - For each day of the
Contract term during which oil base drilling fluid is in use,
OPERATOR shall reimburse CONTRACTOR at the rate of U.S. $10.00
per person for incentive payments to those expatriate
personnel and U.S.$4.00 per person for incentive payments to
those national personnel assigned to the operation who are
actually on a rig tour on a day when oil base drilling fluid
is in use. CONTRACTOR shall invoice OPERATOR separately for
this reimbursement each month and shall support the invoice
with a schedule of incentive payments made.
32. DAILY RATE INCREASES
The rates established in the Contract are based on current costs as of
the date of this contract. If after the execution of this agreement,
CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of
OPERATOR that an increase has occurred in any component of
CONTRACTOR's costs that increases said costs in excess of 5%,
including increases in costs as a result of new laws or new
interpretations of existing laws, the daily rate shall be
appropriately adjusted in an amount equal to such cost changes. Daily
Rate increases under this Clause shall not exceed 10% of the Operating
Day Rate during any 12 month period.
33. SIGNATURES OF THE PARTIES
IN WITNESS OF THE COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS OF THE FOREGOING
THIRTY-THREE ARTICLES OF THIS CONTRACT AND THE EXHIBITS HERETO, the
parties execute two (2) copies of this Contract, one of which shall
be retained by OPERATOR and one of which shall be retained by
CONTRACTOR.
OPERATOR CONTRACTOR
HARKEN COLOMBIA, LTD. PARKER DRILLING.COMPANY
INTERNATIONAL LTD.
By: /s/ STEVEN C. VOSS By: /s/ DONALD L. GOODSON
------------------------------ --------------------------------
Title: Director Title: Vice President
--------------------------- -----------------------------
Date: July 22, 1997 Date: July 21, 1997
---------------------------- ------------------------------
20
<PAGE> 24
EXHIBIT A
PARKER DRILLING COMPANY, INC. - RIG 223
RATES OF PAYMENT
HARKEN DE COLOMBIA, LTD.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE OR RATE IN U.S. $
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1 Mobilization Fee 350,000.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Operating Day Rate with three mud pumps available. 13,500.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Moving Rate 12,150.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Standby with Crews Rate
After 24 hours 12,150.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Standby without Crews Rate 8,775.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Mechanical Breakdown Rate
1st 24 hrs. per occurrence 13,500.00
After 24 hrs. per occurrence 8,775.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Negligence Remedial Rate
1st 24 hrs. 13,500.00
After 24 hrs. thru 10 days 10,800.00
After 10 days 0.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Force Majeure Rate 8,775.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. Early Term Fee 1,000.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. Demobilization Fee 250,000.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
21
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.5
DRILLING CONTRACT
BETWEEN
HARKEN DE COLOMBIA, LTD.
("OPERATOR")
AND
MARLIN COLOMBIA DRILLING COMPANY, INC.
("CONTRACTOR")
FOR
MARLIN RIG 8
MAY 15, 1997
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
PART I: SCOPE OF THE CONTRACT
1. The Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. The Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. Contract Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
4. Drilling Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4.1 CONTRACTOR'S Standard of Performance . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4.2 The Rig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4.3 Drilling Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4.3A Abandonment of Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4.3B Completion of Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4.4 Well Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.5 Cuttings and Cores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.6 Measurements and Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.7 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.8 OPERATOR Taking Complete Control Over Drilling Operations . 6
5. Personnel Assigned to the Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
6. Equipment and Supplies Furnished by the Parties . . . . . . . . . . 7
7. Travel of Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
8. Transport of Equipment and Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
PART II: ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
9. Import and Export of Drilling Rig, Ancillary Equipment,
Materials and Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
10. Responsibility as to Records, Reports, Inspections, Etc. . . . . . . 8
10.1 Reports and Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
10.2 Confidentiality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
11. Invoicing and Paying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
11.1 Invoice Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
11.2 Currency and Time of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
11.3 Disputed Invoices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
11.4 IVA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
12. Notices and Designation of Representatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
PART III: LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES
13. Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
14. Responsibility for Loss or Damage to CONTRACTOR Items . . . . . . . 11
15. Responsibility for Loss or Damage to OPERATOR Items . . . . . . . . 12
16. Reciprocal Indemnities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
17. Responsibility for the Condition of the Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
18. Risk of Damage to or Loss of Underground Mineral Deposits . . . . . 13
19. Responsibility for Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
20. Force Majeure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
21. Pollution or Contamination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 3
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
PART IV: LAW OF THE CONTRACT
22. Assignment of Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
23. Exhibits as Part of Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
24. Relationship of Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
25. Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
26. Prior Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
27. Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
28. Patents and Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
29. CONTRACTOR's Obligation To Comply with Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
PART V: COMPENSATION TO CONTRACTOR
30. Rates of Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
30.1 Mobilization Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
30.2 Operating Day Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
30.3 Moving Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
30.4 Standby With Crews Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
30.5 Standby Without Crews Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
30.6 Mechanical Breakdown Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
30.7 Negligence Remedial Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
30.8 Force Majeure Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
30.9 Demobilization Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
30.10 Application of Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
31. Reimbursable Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
31.1 Materials, Services and Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
31.2 Oil-Based Drilling Fluid Incentives. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
32. Daily Rate Increases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
33. Signatures of the Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
EXHIBITS:
"A" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Page
"B" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 thru 24
"C" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Page
"D" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 thru 6
"E" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 thru 3
ATTACHMENT "A" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Page
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 4
DRILLING CONTRACT
MARLIN RIG 8
PART I: SCOPE OF THE CONTRACT
1. THE PARTIES
This agreement is entered into this 15th_ day of May, 1997, by and
between HARKEN DE COLOMBIA, LTD. (HDC), a Cayman Islands corporation
("OPERATOR"), and MARLIN COLOMBIA DRILLING COMPANY, INC., a Cayman
Islands corporation ("CONTRACTOR").
2. THE WORK
CONTRACTOR shall drill all wells by the rotary method (inclusive of
downhole motor operations and directional wells) for OPERATOR to
depths specified by OPERATOR, but not to exceed 13,500 feet with 5"
drill pipe unless with CONTRACTOR's agreement. These wells shall be
at locations selected by OPERATOR within Operator's Association
Contract areas (the" Block(s)") located in Colombia, South America.
CONTRACTOR represents that it possesses well-skilled employees and
proper equipment as specified herein for performance of all its work
under this Contract. CONTRACTOR has knowledge of the social,
environmental, physical, health and climatic conditions existing in
the Blocks where the drilling operations will be undertaken.
CONTRACTOR shall perform all operations with diligence and skill,
applying sound engineering principles and good oil field practices,
CONTRACTOR shall conduct operations on a full twenty-four hour day,
seven day week basis.
3. CONTRACT DURATION
This Contract shall become effective upon signing by the parties and
shall continue in effect for one year from and after the Commencement
Date (as defined in Section 30.2 hereof). The parties contemplate
that the operation will commence on or about August 1, 1997.
OPERATOR shall have a renewable option to extend this contract for a
period or periods, each period being not less than 6 months nor more
than 12 months. OPERATOR shall notify to CONTRACTOR in writing of its
election to extend this Contract as soon as practicable BUT NOT LATER
THAN SIXTY (60) DAYS BEFORE THE END OF THE INITIAL TERM or subsequent
extension period term of the Contract . OPERATOR may terminate this
contract effective any time after the date of spudding of the first
well, subject to the early termination provisions herein.
1
<PAGE> 5
3.1 Contract Extension - In the event OPERATOR exercises its
option to extend this Contract during one or more extension
periods, OPERATOR and CONTRACTOR shall meet to negotiate
mutually acceptable rates and Contract modifications agreeable
to both parties. It is understood that market rates shall
prevail and shall be determined by the then standard rates for
similar class rigs. Operator will not be invoiced for any
capital recovery related to the 5" Drill Pipe or Top Drive
Unit in the first or subsequent extension periods.
Contractor's cost of operation, maintenance and repair of the
5" Drill Pipe and Top Drive Unit will be included as costs to
be recovered in the Operating Day Rate for all contract
periods.
3.2 Early Termination
3.2.1 Either party may immediately terminate this Contract
upon written notice to the other Party, if the Rig is
declared by either Party as a total loss except that
compensation properly earned up to the time of day of
that loss shall be owed by OPERATOR to CONTRACTOR.
3.2.2 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the
contrary, OPERATOR shall, at any time, have the right
to terminate this Contract, upon thirty (30) days
written notice, even though CONTRACTOR has not
defaulted hereunder, and, in such event, CONTRACTOR
shall be entitled to compensation properly earned
through the end of that thirty (30) day notice
period, including the Early Termination Fee as
defined by 30.11.
3.2.3 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
CONTRACTOR shall have the right to terminate this
Contract, upon thirty (30) days written notice
stating that, in CONTRACTOR's reasonable opinion, it
is uneconomical for CONTRACTOR to continue operations
under this Contract, and certifying that one of the
following conditions applies:
3.2.3.1 OPERATOR has failed to pay CONTRACTOR
undisputed amounts and such amounts remain
unpaid following notice and a seven day grace
period, in which case the Demobilization
and Early Termination Fees shall be payable,
or;
3.2.3.2 New government edict, decree, rule,
regulation or law has been applied to
CONTRACTOR or his entitlement under this
Contract.
2
<PAGE> 6
4. DRILLING OPERATIONS
4.1 CONTRACTOR'S STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE - CONTRACTOR warrants
that all work will be performed safely and in good and
workmanlike manner in accordance with accepted international
oilfield practices and in compliance with all applicable laws,
rules and regulations; that CONTRACTOR's equipment shall be in
good working order and its personnel fully trained and capable
of safely operating such equipment and performing services
required herein for OPERATOR; that CONTRACTOR regularly
conducts training and safety programs; that all materials,
equipment, goods, supplies or manufactured articles furnished
by CONTRACTOR in the performance of the work or services shall
be of suitable quality and workmanship for their intended
purposes, in accordance with specifications, and shall be free
from defects; and that CONTRACTOR will not employ any employee
whose employment violates applicable labor or other laws.
CONTRACTOR further covenants, warrants and represents that all
work performed by it hereunder shall be conducted in
accordance with accepted international safety regulations (as
used in the country of Colombia), environmental laws and
regulations, precautions and procedures in effect as of the
effective date and by employing the necessary protective
equipment and devices described in the attached inventory.
Any breach of this safety covenant shall be grounds for
immediate termination of this Contract by Operator.
4.2 THE RIG - CONTRACTOR shall furnish its' MARLIN RIG 8 which is
a complete drilling rig as described in Exhibit "B".
CONTRACTOR shall operate the rig and ancillary equipment at
eighty five (85) percent of manufacturer's rated operating
specifications. Contractor shall provide 12,000 of new S-135
grade, 5" Drill Pipe, 1800 of 5" heavy weight Drill Pipe,
rig conversions to operate with 5" Drill Pipe, a new top drive
system with sufficient torque capacity to drill Operator's
horizontal wells, rig modifications (at OPERATOR's expense,
the cost for which shall be amortized over the initial term of
the contract) as necessary, to accommodate underbalanced
drilling equipment (so long as any modifications are mutually
agreed between OPERATOR and CONTRACTOR) and one additional mud
pump independently powered and compatible with the existing
drilling rig equipment. The Drilling Tubulars (Drill Pipe,
Heavy Weight Drill Pipe, Collars, Cross-Overs, Stabilizers,
Subs, etc.) will be subject to Exhibit E, "Tubular Standards".
In special circumstances, at OPERATOR request, CONTRACTOR in
its sole discretion may operate the rig and ancillary
equipment at manufacturer's rated operating specifications.
CONTRACTOR shall maintain the rig and ancillary equipment in
good working order.
3
<PAGE> 7
The rig will maintain a current inspection certificate for all
major load bearing components. The inspection will be
performed by a third party inspection contractor.
OPERATOR shall notify CONTRACTOR of the location of the
initial well. CONTRACTOR shall mobilize the rig, the
equipment described herein, and its personnel to the location
of the initial well and shall make all necessary preparations
for spudding the initial well within 25 days following
OPERATOR's notification of the location of the initial well.
4.3 DRILLING PROGRAM - Before any drilling begins on any well,
OPERATOR shall deliver the drilling program to CONTRACTOR
which Contractor shall give notice to Operator of its'
receipt. Contractor shall also certify in writing to Operator
that "rigging-up" is satisfactorily completed. CONTRACTOR
shall use reasonable diligence to conduct all drilling
operations in conformance with OPERATOR's drilling program.
OPERATOR may modify the drilling program so long as any
modifications which materially increases CONTRACTOR's hazards
or costs of performance bears CONTRACTOR's approval and
provides for an appropriate rate increase as mutually agreed
by the parties. Except as otherwise provided herein,
CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BEGIN TO DISMANTLE ITS RIG AND EQUIPMENT
FOR DEMOBILIZATION UNTIL AUTHORIZED TO DO SO BY OPERATOR IN
WRITING.
4.3A ABANDONMENT OF WELL: OPERATOR at any time may elect
to have a well abandoned. Upon notice of such
election, CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove in
compliance with all government rules and regulations
from the hole and lay down all recoverable casing and
tubing and plug and abandon the hole in accordance
with the program provided by OPERATOR in a manner
satisfactory to OPERATOR and in compliance with all
government rules and regulations including
environmental laws and permits and CONTRACTOR shall
also remove in compliance with all government rules
and regulations all its equipment, machinery, tools,
supplies and materials furnished and all its debris
and refuse from the location resulting from its
activities under this agreement. Should CONTRACTOR
fail to timely and in a responsible manner fail to
remove the same, then all loss, delay or other
related liability shall be at the sole risk of
CONTRACTOR.
4.3B COMPLETION OF WELL: OPERATOR may at any time elect to
have a well completed or recompleted, and in that
event, CONTRACTOR shall perform the work of
completing the well in accordance with the program
provided by OPERATOR in a manner and to the extent
desired by OPERATOR, including but not limited to the
running of liner and tubing, making permanent well
head connections and installing Christmas trees.
4
<PAGE> 8
4.4 WELL CONTROL - CONTRACTOR shall maintain their provided well
control equipment in good operating condition at all times,
and shall in addition make such further checks as OPERATOR
shall direct and shall use reasonable means to control and
prevent fires, blowouts and other damage, to protect the hole
and to protect OPERATOR equipment.
4.5 CUTTINGS AND CORES - When requested by OPERATOR, CONTRACTOR
shall save and identify the cuttings and cores free from
contamination and place them in separate containers furnished
by OPERATOR. Such cuttings and cores shall be made available
to a representative of OPERATOR at the site.
4.6 MEASUREMENTS AND TESTS - Routinely and in addition whenever
requested by OPERATOR, CONTRACTOR shall measure and record the
total length of all in-hole tubulars in service with a steel
tape.
4.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS - OPERATOR and CONTRACTOR shall take
measures to provide safe working conditions and shall comply
with safety procedures promulgated by OPERATOR and/or by
applicable governmental agency, ministry or authority and
incorporated with this contract and without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, shall maintain proper barriers,
guard rails and other safety devices to lessen hazards during
the performance of work under this Contract. Any safety
equipment required by OPERATOR and provided in addition to
that listed in Exhibit "B" shall be for OPERATOR account.
CONTRACTOR shall not permit smoking, hot work or any open
flames at the wellsite (except in OPERATOR designated areas).
Smoking, hot work and open flames will be controlled via
permits issued by OPERATOR and may be canceled or reinstated
by OPERATOR due to site conditions. CONTRACTOR shall equip
the rig with vapor proof lights and shall equip the drilling
engines' exhaust with a water injection device so as to reduce
the hazard of fire. CONTRACTOR shall install on each well
worked on hereunder blowout prevention devices of the type
shown in Exhibit "B" and shall operate such devices at all
times the rig is operating or otherwise on a well. Contractor
is aware that use of underbalanced drilling techniques are
expected during the term of this contract. If required,
CONTRACTOR shall, within the capabilities of the equipment and
personnel required to be furnished by CONTRACTOR hereunder,
take precautions to prevent the well from igniting.
CONTRACTOR shall report to OPERATOR as soon as practicable all
accidents or occurrences resulting in injuries to CONTRACTOR's
employees or third parties or damage to the property of
CONTRACTOR, OPERATOR or any third parties arising out of or
in the course of the operations hereunder.
5
<PAGE> 9
4.8 OPERATOR TAKING COMPLETE CONTROL OVER DRILLING OPERATIONS
4.8A Should any well blow-out, ignite, or in any manner
get out of control, OPERATOR may assume complete
control and supervision of the work of bringing the
well under control or putting out the fire. Unless
and until OPERATOR so elects in writing to assume
such complete control, CONTRACTOR shall be in
complete control and supervision of the same.
4.8B Should CONTRACTOR at any time fail to conduct its
operations in compliance with applicable laws, rules
and regulations, with skill and diligence, in
conformance with accepted oilfield practice and sound
engineering principles, and in accordance with the
terms of this Contract, then OPERATOR shall notify
CONTRACTOR in writing of the specific deficiency.
After having received such notice, CONTRACTOR shall
have five days in which to fulfill its contractual
responsibilities by taking measures to rectify the
deficiency. Should CONTRACTOR fail to correct the
deficiency OPERATOR may assume control of the rig and
ancillary equipment and continue the drilling
operations on that well until CONTRACTOR is proven
capable and accepted by the operator to resume full
performance of its contractual duties.
4.8C For all time during which OPERATOR is in control of
the drilling operations pursuant to Articles 4.8A or
4.8B. OPERATOR shall have full use of CONTRACTOR's
rig, equipment, machinery, facilities, material,
supplies and personnel at the location with
remuneration to CONTRACTOR at the Operating Day Rate,
Article 30.2, and all operations shall be conducted
at the sole risk of OPERATOR and CONTRACTOR's
indemnity obligations shall be suspended.
5. PERSONNEL ASSIGNED TO THE OPERATIONS
CONTRACTOR shall provide the personnel listed in Exhibit "C" at its
expense, Should CONTRACTOR provide additional personnel at OPERATOR
request for brief periods, remuneration shall be at cost plus ten
percent (10%). At OPERATOR's written notice, specifying the
deficiency, CONTRACTOR shall withdraw from the operations any employee
OPERATOR reasonably requests. CONTRACTOR shall pay any costs incurred
in withdrawing and replacing the unsuitable individual. CONTRACTOR
shall conduct all industrial relations matters in conformance with
applicable laws and customs.
6
<PAGE> 10
6. EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FURNISHED BY THE PARTIES
6.1 BY OPERATOR - At its expense, OPERATOR shall furnish the
equipment, machinery, tools, supplies, materials and services
listed in Exhibit "D".
6.2 BY CONTRACTOR - At its expense, CONTRACTOR shall furnish the
equipment, machinery, drill strings, tools, supplies and
personnel as listed in Exhibits "B", "C", and "D" (subject to
the requirements of Exhibit E). The parties deem these items
to be necessary items for the full performance of CONTRACTOR
duties.
6.3 INSPECTION AND USE OF OPERATOR EQUIPMENT - Before using
OPERATOR furnished items, CONTRACTOR representative shall
visually inspect same with reasonable diligence and shall
advise OPERATOR of any defect observed. All such equipment,
machinery, tools, and materials in CONTRACTOR's possession
shall remain OPERATOR's property and shall be returned to
OPERATOR at the end of operations in the same good state of
repair and operating conditions as when received, subject to
reasonable deterioration due to use. OPERATOR shall not be
entitled to any compensation for normal wear and tear
resulting from CONTRACTOR's use of such items. Liability for
damage to OPERATOR equipment is subject to Clause 15.
7. TRAVEL OF PERSONNEL
CONTRACTOR shall mobilize its personnel to the initial wellsite for
the beginning of operations at no extra cost to OPERATOR, other than
the mobilization fee. CONTRACTOR shall furnish transportation to each
wellsite for all of CONTRACTOR's personnel in connection with initial
personnel mobilization, crew changes and final personnel
demobilization. CONTRACTOR shall demobilize its personnel from each
wellsite at the end of operations at no extra cost to OPERATOR, other
than the demobilization fee.
8. TRANSPORT OF EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
CONTRACTOR shall prepare its rig and equipment and supplies for
mobilization at the beginning of operations as consideration for
OPERATOR's payment of the lump sum Mobilization Fee in Exhibit A. The
same Mobilization Fee will also include in total the transportation
of CONTRACTOR's rig and equipment to OPERATOR's wellsite, rigged up
ready to spud the well to be drilled hereunder. The rig shall be ready
to commence operations when CONTRACTOR has tested all necessary
equipment and is ready to spud the well or run in the hole with the
initial tools. In the event OPERATOR is not ready to commence
operations once CONTRACTOR is rigged up and ready, the Standby with
Crews Rate provided in Article 30.5 shall commence and continue from
day to day
7
<PAGE> 11
thereafter until such time as the OPERATOR has authorized the
CONTRACTOR to commence drilling operations. The Moving Rate shall
apply during all time after the rig is released from one drilling
location to move and rig up on another location. During
demobilization, the Demobilization Fee in Exhibit A will apply while
CONTRACTOR'S equipment is being moved from OPERATOR's wellsite to
CONTRACTOR's yard. CONTRACTOR shall furnish transportation for
CONTRACTOR's operating supplies and materials from point of origin to
the wellsite. OPERATOR shall furnish transportation for OPERATOR's
operating supplies and materials to each wellsite and for
Contractor's rig and equipment to the second and subsequent wellsites.
PART II: ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
9. IMPORT AND EXPORT OF DRILLING RIG, ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND
SUPPLIES
CONTRACTOR's drilling rig, MARLIN RIG 8, has been completely imported
into Colombia and includes at least all of the equipment listed in
Exhibit "B" and CONTRACTOR shall assume all fees, duties and taxes in
connection therewith. OPERATOR shall pay all import and export
expense, including without limitation, fees, duties, taxes, port
charges, storage charges and documentary taxes for other equipment
required by OPERATOR not included in Exhibit "B". CONTRACTOR's
obligation shall be limited to arranging for the transporting,
importing and clearing of spare parts and supplies for CONTRACTOR's
equipment to support its operations under this Contract.
All costs incident to the transport, importation/exportation, and
clearing of equipment, materials and supplies, which OPERATOR
requests CONTRACTOR to provide, will be for OPERATOR account. Special
amortized equipment such as the top drive unit, drilling tubulars and
third mud pump, requested by operator, is the responsibility of
Contractor
10. RESPONSIBILITY AS TO RECORDS, REPORTS, INSPECTIONS, ETC.
10.1 REPORTS AND INSPECTIONS - CONTRACTOR shall at all times permit
OPERATOR and its authorized employees and representatives to
inspect all work performed hereunder and to witness and check
all measurements and tests made in connection with said work.
CONTRACTOR shall keep an authentic and accurate history and
log of said wells, including all measurements required for
fishing operations with a record of all down-hole equipment
which shall be open at all reasonable times to inspection by
OPERATOR and its authorized employees and representatives.
CONTRACTOR shall furnish each of OPERATOR's designated
representatives (pursuant to the Notice provision in Section
13) with a copy of the daily written I.A.D.C. drilling report
showing depths and work performed during the preceding twenty-
four (24) hours and any other information relative to said
well requested by OPERATOR.
8
<PAGE> 12
10.2 CONFIDENTIALITY - Recognizing the confidential nature of the
work, CONTRACTOR shall not, without OPERATOR's prior written
consent, allow any third person access to the well, nor give
out to any third person any information concerning the well,
or give out to third persons, nor permit any third person to
examine, any samples from the well. Upon completion of the
work on the well, the original history and log book, as well
as any copies and all other data, records and reports (except
one copy of the daily drilling report) of any nature
pertaining to CONTRACTOR's operations, shall be delivered to
OPERATOR, it being understood that neither CONTRACTOR nor any
of its employees shall retain any records or data relative to
any well which has reference to geologic information. This
ability to maintain such confidentiality shall extend beyond
any termination of this contract for an additional period of
two years beyond the remaining term of that specific Harken de
Colombia, Ltd. Association Contract.
11. INVOICING AND PAYING
11.1 INVOICE PRESENTATION - CONTRACTOR shall prepare invoices at
the end of each calendar month and after the rig is released
from each well and after each rig move. The invoices shall be
stated in U.S. Dollars. CONTRACTOR shall deliver the
invoices to OPERATOR's representative in Bogota, Colombia,
with copy to its Houston, Texas, office.
11.2 CURRENCY AND TIME OF PAYMENT - OPERATOR shall pay invoices in
U.S. Dollars, provided that CONTRACTOR may request payment of
a portion of the invoices in local currency by so specifying
at the time of invoice presentation. The exchange rate for
local currency payments shall be the Tasa Representativa del
Mercado (TRM) effective on date of invoice. OPERATOR shall
pay CONTRACTOR the approved amount of invoices within thirty
(30) days of receipt of the invoices. OPERATOR shall deliver
local currency payments to CONTRACTOR's office in Colombia.
If OPERATOR fails to pay the undisputed portion of any invoice
within thirty days of receipt, interest shall accrue from the
thirty-first day at the prime rate in effect from time to time
at Citibank, plus two percent (2%) until payment is received,
but the rate of interest shall not exceed the maximum rate
permitted by applicable law.
11.3 DISPUTED INVOICES - If OPERATOR disputes an item invoiced,
OPERATOR shall notify CONTRACTOR in writing of the item
disputed, specifying the reason and payment of the disputed
item shall be withheld until settlement of the dispute, but
PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE OF ANY UNDISPUTED PORTION. Payment of
any invoice shall not prejudice the right of OPERATOR to
question the correctness of any such invoice, provided that
within twenty-four (24) months of the date of any such invoice
OPERATOR shall make objection to any item or items thereof by
delivering CONTRACTOR written notice specifying the reasons
for its objection. Should OPERATOR within such a twenty-four
(24) month
9
<PAGE> 13
period so notify CONTRACTOR, adjustments shall be made between
the parties as the correctness of such item shall be
determined. Any invoice not objected to by OPERATOR within
such twenty-four month period shall be deemed final and not
subject to review. OPERATOR upon written notice to
CONTRACTOR, within the twenty-four (24) month period an
invoice is received shall have the right to audit CONTRACTOR's
accounts and records relating to operations hereunder.
11.4 IVA - For purposes of invoicing IVA tax applicable to this
construction contract, according to Article 3 of Decree 1372
of August 20, 1992, the Contractor deems his profit calculated
to be eight per cent (8%) of the value of this Contract.
12. NOTICES AND DESIGNATION OF REPRESENTATIVES
All notices given by OPERATOR to CONTRACTOR shall be sent by
registered mail and telex or delivered to:
If to OPERATOR: HARKEN DE COLOMBIA, LTD.
Carrera 6, No. 115-65 Oficina 514F
Santafe de Bogota, Colombia
Attn: Alvaro Puerta
Ph: 57-1-214-3444
Fax: 57-7-619-2676
with copy to: HARKEN INTERNATIONAL, LTD.
2929 Briarpark, Suite 440
Houston, TX 77042
Attn: Stephen C. Voss
Ph: 713-789-9595
Fax: 713-789-9701
If to CONTRACTOR: MARLIN COLOMBIA DRILLING CO., INC.
Diagonal 88 No. 27-34 Barrio El Polo
Santafe de Bogota, Colombia
Attn: Mario Rodriquez
Ph: 011-57-1-635-9342 or /43 /45
Fax: 011-57-1-236-7101
With copy to: PRIDE INTERNATIONAL
1500 City West Blvd, Suite 400
Houston, Texas 77042
Attn: Robert E. Warren
Ph: (713) 789-1400
Fax: (713) 784-9568
10
<PAGE> 14
PART III: LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES
13. DEFINITIONS
As used in this contract, "OPERATOR's personnel" shall mean the
employees, agents, personnel, invitees, etc. of OPERATOR and its
contractors (excluding CONTRACTOR).
"CONTRACTOR's personnel" shall mean the employees, agents, personnel,
invitees, etc. of CONTRACTOR and its subcontractors.
14. RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO CONTRACTOR ITEMS
CONTRACTOR shall assume the entire risk of and be solely responsible
for damage to or destruction or loss (by any means including blowout
and fire) of equipment, machinery, tools, (including but not limited
to CONTRACTOR's drill pipe, drill collars, subs, choke and kill lines,
flexible hoses, hydraulic hoses supplies and materials furnished by
CONTRACTOR in connection with the operations hereunder), except for
losses or damages to equipment resulting from the following: (1) all
occurrences when OPERATOR is in control of operations per Article 4.8;
(2) loss in any transportation furnished by or for account of
OPERATOR, (3) loss of or damage to equipment in the hole and (4) the
sole or gross negligence or willful misconduct of OPERATOR's
personnel. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for equipment losses and
damages arising under (3) above resulting from negligence by
CONTRACTOR's personnel or lack of proper maintenance of Contractor's
equipment.
Based upon an inspection prior to spud of the initial well by a
mutually acceptable third party the percent wear of all downhole
equipment shall be established. This percent shall be applied to
original cost with the resulting product subtracted from the
replacement cost. The remainder will represent the amount of
liability Operator will assume for downhole equipment lost or damaged
beyond repair on the initial well. Subsequent adjustments to
replacement cost will be made on the basis of 12 1/2 % of original
cost per 365 day year for drill collars and 20 % of original cost per
365 day year for all other downhole equipment. Reimbursement for
equipment damaged in the hole, more than normal wear and tear, will be
at actual cost of repair including transportation. OPERATOR shall
have the option to replace lost or damaged equipment in-kind; provided
said replacement equipment is of a quality and condition acceptable to
CONTRACTOR.
11
<PAGE> 15
Reimbursement for loss or damage to CONTRACTOR's equipment, (1) when
OPERATOR is in control of operations per Article 4.8; or (2) during
transportation furnished by or for the account of OPERATOR; or (3) as
a result of the sole or gross negligence of willful misconduct of
OPERATOR'S personnel, will be at replacement cost on location without
any deduction for depreciation; provided that OPERATOR's liability
hereunder shall be reduced by the proceeds of insurance, if any,
maintained by CONTRACTOR.
15. RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO OPERATOR ITEMS
OPERATOR shall assume liability at all times for damage to or loss or
destruction of OPERATOR furnished items regardless of how, when or
where such damage, loss or destruction occurs and CONTRACTOR shall be
under no liability to reimburse OPERATOR for such damage, loss or
destruction except in the case where such damage, loss or destruction
results from the sole or gross negligence or willful misconduct by
CONTRACTOR's personnel.
16. RECIPROCAL INDEMNITIES
(A) CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold harmless OPERATOR from
and against any and all claims, costs, liabilities, or
expenses for death of, or injury to CONTRACTOR's personnel or
loss of or damage to property of CONTRACTOR's personnel,
except such death, injury, property loss or property damage as
may result from the sole or gross negligence or willful
misconduct of OPERATOR's personnel.
(B) OPERATOR agrees to indemnify and hold harmless CONTRACTOR from
and against any and all claims, costs, liabilities, or
expenses for death of, or injury to OPERATOR's personnel or
loss of or damage to property of OPERATOR's personnel, except
such death, injury, property loss or property damage as may
result from the sole or gross negligence or willful misconduct
of CONTRACTOR's personnel. Irrespective of the insurance
coverage provided by CONTRACTOR, OPERATOR'S status as an
additional insured shall not be applicable except to the
extent CONTRACTOR has specifically assumed liability for such
loss or damage under this Contract.
(C) Neither party shall be liable to the other for special,
indirect or consequential damages resulting from or arising
out of this Contract, including without limitation, loss of
profit or business interruptions, however caused.
12
<PAGE> 16
17. RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONDITION OF THE HOLE
OPERATOR shall be responsible for the condition of the hole and shall
defend, indemnify and hold CONTRACTOR harmless from and against any
claims arising from damage to or loss of the hole resulting from any
of the hazards of drilling or completion operations, including the
cost of regaining control of the hole. If the hole is lost solely
due to the gross negligence of CONTRACTOR or its' personnel,
CONTRACTOR shall redrill the hole or drill a new hole, to the depth at
which the hole was lost, at the negligence remedial rate, as
OPERATOR's sole and exclusive remedy. During any such period of
remedial drilling, the parties shall continue their respective
responsibilities under this Contract, including without limitation,
those responsibilities concerning furnishment of supplies and
materials.
18. RISK OF DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF UNDERGROUND MINERAL DEPOSITS
OPERATOR assumes the entire risk of damage to or loss or destruction
of underground mineral deposits, reservoirs, or pools, and from any
loss of oil and gas resulting from operations under this Contract if
at the time of the act or omission causing such damage, loss or
destruction, the oil or gas had not been reduced to physical
possession above the surface of the earth. OPERATOR shall hold
CONTRACTOR harmless against any such damage to the mineral deposits,
reservoirs, or pools, and from any loss of oil and gas resulting from
operations under this Contract regardless of the cause of such loss or
damage if at the time of the act or omission causing such damage, loss
or destruction, the oil or gas had not been reduced to physical
possession above the surface of the earth.
19. RESPONSIBILITY FOR INSURANCE
CONTRACTOR shall at all times during the term of this agreement
purchase or provide insurance coverage in amounts no less than the
amounts provided in this Article 19. The insurance companies will be
reasonably acceptable to OPERATOR and CONTRACTOR shall provide
OPERATOR certificates evidencing the coverage. CONTRACTOR agrees that
all policies required shall include an endorsement waiving the rights
of subrogation against OPERATOR for liabilities specifically assumed
by CONTRACTOR under this Contract. OPERATOR will be named an
additional insured under CONTRACTOR's General Liability and Automobile
Liability policies to the extent of the liabilities specifically
assumed by CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract. Such policies
shall provide for thirty (30) days notice in writing to OPERATOR in
the event of cancellation or material change in coverage. In the
event subcontractors are used by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR will require
such subcontractors to maintain Worker's Compensation and General
Liability Insurance commensurate with the work being subcontracted.
Any claim against Worker's Compensation or Liability Insurance shall
be defended or discharged by CONTRACTOR. The insurance coverage's
are:
13
<PAGE> 17
Worker's Compensation Insurance sufficient to comply with the laws of
the State of Texas to cover Expatriate employees. CONTRACTOR shall
further comply with the laws of Colombia related to employment and
labor including any Worker's Compensation and Worker's Insurance or
other similar requirements regarding National employees, and shall
carry Employer's Liability Insurance with limits of U.S. $300,000 for
injury to or death of each person and U.S. $1,000,000 for injuries to
or death of more than one person by reason of each occurrence;
Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of U.S. $300,000
for injury to or death of one person, U.S. $1,000,000 for injury to or
death of more than one person by reason of each occurrence and
property damage coverage for loss of or damage to the property of
third persons in the amount of U.S. $1,000,000 for any occurrence;
Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of U. S.
$250,000 per person with a limit of U.S. $1,000,000 each occurrence
and U.S. $1,000,000 property damage each occurrence;
Rig Casualty Insurance sufficient to protect CONTRACTOR against loss
or damage to the drilling equipment specified in Exhibit "B" to be
supplied by CONTRACTOR. Such Rig Casualty Insurance shall provide for
a waiver of subrogation as to OPERATOR, limited to the extent of the
specific liabilities assumed by CONTRACTOR in this Contract.
Excess Liability coverage in an amount of U.S. $5,000,000.
CONTRACTOR shall obtain any other coverage required by the laws of the
Colombia.
20. FORCE MAJEURE
Except for obligations for the payment of money, neither party shall
be liable for loss or damage arising out of any delay or failure of
performance caused by circumstances beyond its control, including but
not limited to earthquake, flood, hurricane, acts of God or public
enemies, war, national emergency, invasion, insurrection, riots,
strikes, picketing, boycott, interruption of services rendered by any
public utility or interference by any governmental agency or official
(whether legal or illegal) . Nor shall any delay or failure of
performance due to any of said causes be deemed a breach of or a
default in the performance of this Contract. The party prevented from
performing for any such cause shall promptly notify the other and
shall do all things reasonably possible to remove such cause and shall
resume performance hereunder as soon as such cause is removed. Should
any act of force majeure causing the suspension of operations
hereunder continue for a period of thirty (30) days or more, OPERATOR
shall have the right to terminate this agreement by giving CONTRACTOR
five (5) days prior notice of its intention to do so, subject to
payment in accordance with Articles 30.4 and 30.3 and 30.11.
14
<PAGE> 18
21. POLLUTION OR CONTAMINATION
OPERATOR shall assume all liability for and defend, indemnify, hold
CONTRACTOR harmless from any loss or damage arising from pollution or
contamination except if caused by CONTRACTOR's gross or willful
negligence, including but not limited to that which may result from
(1) blowout, fire, cratering, or any other uncontrolled flow of oil,
gas or water during the conduct of operations hereunder and (2) the
use or disposition of oil emulsion, oil base or chemically treated
drilling fluids, well cuttings, and cavings, lost circulation and
fishing operations, recovery of materials and fluids, as well as the
furnishing of transportation for and disposition of such materials
when required, and then in such event CONTRACTOR will be liable for up
to $1,000,000 in such pollution damages (the limit of CONTRACTOR's
insurance). Contractor shall assume liability for spills of pipe
dope, greases, solvents, or other similar surface materials under its
control. OPERATOR acknowledges that CONTRACTOR currently maintains
$1,000,000 of insurance coverage for pollution and contamination
liability. OPERATOR shall have the right to require CONTRACTOR to
carry additional insurance for pollution and contamination liability,
provided that OPERATOR shall be responsible of the costs of such
additional insurance.
PART IV: LAW OF THE CONTRACT
22. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
At any time after the effective date of this Contract, OPERATOR shall
have the right , for all or any portion of the initial or subsequent
term of this Contract, to assign its rights under this Contract and to
delegate its obligations under this Contract, provided that any such
assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Contract
as if such assignee were OPERATOR hereunder. During the period of any
such assignment, CONTRACTOR agrees that CONTRACTOR shall look solely
to such assignee for performance of this Contract, including the
provisions of this Contract with respect to compensation of CONTRACTOR
and indemnification.
22.1 In the event of assignment of this Contract, all applicable
rates under this Contract, in addition to adjustments for
operations in assignee's area, shall become the
responsibility of such third party from date of release of rig
from OPERATOR until date of release of rig from the third
party except that nothing herein contained shall release
OPERATOR from CONTRACTOR's compensation during such assignment
in the event such party fails to pay CONTRACTOR all amounts
due under such assignment.
23. EXHIBITS AS PART OF CONTRACT
Exhibits "A", "B", "C", "D" and "E" (including Attachment "A")are
attached hereto and shall be considered to be part of this agreement
to the same extent
15
<PAGE> 19
as if incorporated in the body hereof. For better identification,
such exhibits shall be initialed by both parties.
24. RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES
The work shall be performed by CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor
and CONTRACTOR's employees shall at all times be under the direction
and control of CONTRACTO. CONTRACTOR will receive directions from
OPERATOR as to the end results to be accomplished, and CONTRACTOR
shall be responsible for directing its employees as to the manner and
means of accomplishing the work to be performed by CONTRACTOR pursuant
to good and workmanlike practices. Compliance by CONTRACTOR, or its
employees, with engineering directions, safety practices, maintenance
instructions or change of orders issued by OPERATOR shall not affect
CONTRACTOR's status as an independent contractor and shall not relieve
CONTRACTOR of the obligations assumed by him under this Contract.
25. GOVERNING LAW
This agreement and interpretation hereof shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Texas, exclusive of the choice of law rules thereof,
as if therein to be wholly performed.
26. PRIOR AGREEMENTS
No prior stipulations, agreements or understanding by the parties or
any of their representatives shall be valid or enforceable unless
embodied in this Contract or covered by its provisions or added by
separate letter executed by both parties or their agents.
27. WAIVER
The waiver of or failure to require the performance of any covenant or
obligation contained in this Contract shall not be deemed to
constitute a waiver of a similar later breach.
28. PATENTS AND RIGHTS
OPERATOR shall not be liable or responsible for any damages or claims
of any kind arising out of real or alleged patent infringements,
design trademark or name or other protected rights which arise out of
or are caused by or are attributed, directly or indirectly, to any
work carried out and/or any equipment used by CONTRACTOR or its
subcontractors and CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, save and hold harmless
OPERATOR, its officers, employees, agents and servants from and
against such damages and claims. CONTRACTOR shall not be liable or
responsible for any damages or claims of any kind arising out of real
and alleged patent infringements, design trademark or name or other
protected rights which arise out of or are caused by or are
16
<PAGE> 20
attributed to, directly or indirectly, any work carried out and/or any
equipment, except the equipment of CONTRACTOR and its subcontractors,
used by OPERATOR and OPERATOR shall indemnify, save and hold harmless
CONTRACTOR, its officers, employees, agents and servants from and
against such damages and claims.
29. OBLIGATION TO COMPLY WITH LAWS
CONTRACTOR and OPERATOR agree to comply with all permits, concessions
and clearances provided to each other (and with all applicable laws
and regulations) that govern the performance of each party's
obligations under this Contract. Each party shall indemnify the other
party against any and all liabilities, damages, claims, fines,
penalties and expense of whatsoever nature resulting from either
party's failure to comply with this provision. CONTRACTOR represents
that it is qualified to do business and is established on a proper
legal basis to perform this Contract for OPERATOR in Colombia.
PART V: COMPENSATION TO CONTRACTOR
30. RATES OF COMPENSATION - None of the rates specified under this Clause
30 shall begin to accrue until the Commencement Date.
CONTRACTOR shall perform drilling operations and fulfill its
obligations according to this Contract. OPERATOR shall pay CONTRACTOR
as full compensation for the work performed and material, equipment
and supplies furnished as follows:
30.1 Mobilization Fee - Initial wellsite will be determined prior
to Mobilization Fee being quoted by CONTRACTOR and approved by
OPERATOR. OPERATOR shall pay CONTRACTOR in a lump sum the
amount set forth as Exhibit "A", Item 1, for CONTRACTOR
mobilizing its personnel which are located at Torcaz 2 and
its' rig and ancillary equipment and materials and supplies
from the Torcaz field area of the Middle Magdalena Valley to
Operator's wellsite. OPERATOR shall pay this amount within
thirty days of receiving CONTRACTOR's invoice bearing the date
of departure of the rig from the Torcaz Field.
30.2 Operating Day Rate - This rate is set forth as Exhibit "A",
Item 2. Unless superseded by another rate, beginning on the
day CONTRACTOR is ready to spud the first well (the
"Commencement Date") and continuing all the time until the rig
is released in preparation for rigging down to move.
30.3 Moving Rate - This rate is set forth as Exhibit "A", Item 3.
This rate shall apply during rigging up operations, during
dismantling operations and for all time spent moving the rig
from one wellsite to another wellsite. Operator and
Contractor shall, within 24 hours or earlier of rig release
17
<PAGE> 21
from Operator's wellsite, mutually agree to a single lump sum
transportation fee to transport all of Contractor's rig and
equipment to Operator's next wellsite. If mutual agreement
on a lump sum fee cannot be reached then Contractor's
equipment will be moved using Operator furnished
transportation and Contractor shall invoice Operator for all
moving days at the Moving Rate specified in Exhibit "A".
30.4 Standby With Crews Rate - This rate is set forth in Exhibit
"A", Item 4. Except for the situation set forth in Article
30.6, whenever the rig is shut down at OPERATOR's request, the
rig shall be considered to be standing by with crews. The
Operating Day Rate shall be payable for the first 24 hours
after Operator's request and thereafter the Standby With Crews
Rate shall be payable until the standby with crews status
ends.
30.5 Standby Without Crews Rate - This rate is set forth as
Exhibit "A", Item 5. Whenever in OPERATOR'S sole judgment the
estimated period of OPERATOR requested rig shut down is long
enough to warrant demobilization of personnel, cessation of
camp operations or other cost reductions, OPERATOR may place
the rig on the Standby Without Crews Rate upon five days
written notice to CONTRACTOR. OPERATOR shall reimburse
CONTRACTOR in demobilizing CONTRACTOR's personnel from point
of origin and remobilizing them in connection with a period of
Standby Without Crews status at cost plus ten percent (10%).
30.5.1 Following the completion of Torcaz 2 the then
standby without crew rate of $2340/day shall apply
following installation and successful testing of
Top Drive until mobilization commences from Torcaz
2 to Catalina 1.
30.6 Mechanical Breakdown Rate - This rate is set forth at Exhibit
"A", Item 6 and is applied as follows: if there is a work
stoppage due to mechanical failure not primarily caused by the
negligence of CONTRACTOR's personnel, payment shall be at the
full Operating Day Rate for any such stoppage up to
twenty-four hours per occurrence. Thereafter, CONTRACTOR
shall be entitled to receive the Mechanical Breakdown Rate
until the breakdown is repaired. Cumulative invoices by
CONTRACTOR to OPERATOR under this Clause 30.6 shall not
exceed $250,000 for any 365 day time period.
30.7 Negligence Remedial Rate
30.7.1 This rate is set forth at Exhibit "A", Item 7 and
is applied as follows: If there is a work stoppage
as a primary result of the negligence of
CONTRACTOR's personnel, OPERATOR shall pay the
Operating Day Rate for any such stoppage up to
twenty-four hours. Thereafter, the rate shall be
at the
18
<PAGE> 22
Negligence Remedial Rate until the breakdown is
repaired or for ten days whichever first occurs.
If a breakdown under this Article 30.7.1 continues
for more than ten days, CONTRACTOR shall earn zero
rate beginning with the eleventh day until the
breakdown is repaired. Total payments under this
Clause 30.7.1 shall not to exceed $100,000 during
the initial term of this contract and $50,000
during subsequent terms.
30.7.2 The Negligence Remedial Rate shall be payable for
all time, without limitation, spent at drilling
operations as provided in Article 17.
30.8 Force Majeure Rate - This rate is set forth at Exhibit "A",
Item 8. The Force Majeure Rate shall be payable whenever a
condition of force majeure exists as described in Article 20.
Total payments under this Clause 30.8 shall not exceed
$100,000 during the initial terms of this contract and $50,000
during subsequent terms.
30.9 Demobilization Fee - OPERATOR shall pay CONTRACTOR in a lump
sum the amount set forth as Exhibit "A", Item 9, as a
demobilization fee within thirty days of receiving
CONTRACTOR's invoice bearing the date the rig, ancillary
equipment and supplies departs OPERATOR's last wellsite.
30.10 Application of Rates - The rates set forth in this Article 30
apply for a full 24-hour day and shall be prorated when two or
more rates apply to parts of a single 24-hour day. Only one
rate or fee shall be payable at any one time. During rigging
up, dismantling and well to well movement operations, the full
daily rate shall be payable even if operations are conducted
only during the daylight portion of the day.
30.11 Early Termination Fee - In the event this Contract is
terminated by OPERATOR prior to the one year initial term,
CONTRACTOR will receive, in addition to the compensation
provided in Section 3.2.2, the Early Termination Fee. The
Early Termination Fee shall not exceed 90 days at the Standby
Without Crew Rate, the applicable Demobilization Fee and the
remaining unrecovered cost of the 5" Drill Pipe and Top Drive
Unit.
31. REIMBURSABLE ITEMS
31.1 Materials, Services and Personnel - If OPERATOR requests
CONTRACTOR to provide materials, services or personnel in
addition to those specified in this Contract. OPERATOR shall
reimburse CONTRACTOR for such materials and services as are
actually furnished at CONTRACTOR cost plus fifteen percent
(15%). If any additional personnel are furnished by
CONTRACTOR on a short term
19
<PAGE> 23
basis, OPERATOR shall reimburse CONTRACTOR at cost plus
fifteen percent (15%).
31.2 Oil-Based Drilling Fluid Incentives - For each day of the
Contract term during which oil base drilling fluid is in use,
OPERATOR shall reimburse CONTRACTOR at the rate of U.S. $10.00
per person for incentive payments to those staff personnel and
U.S.$4.00 per person for incentive payments to those non-staff
personnel assigned to the operation who are actually on a rig
tour on a day when oil base drilling fluid is in use.
CONTRACTOR shall invoice OPERATOR separately for this
reimbursement each month and shall support the invoice with a
schedule of incentive payments made.
32. DAILY RATE INCREASES
The rates established in the Contract are based on current costs as of
the date of this contract. If after the execution of this agreement,
CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of
OPERATOR that an increase has occurred in any component, or the sum of
several components of CONTRACTOR's costs that increases said costs in
excess of 5%, the daily rate shall be appropriately adjusted in an
amount equal to such cost changes. Daily Rate increases under this
Clause shall not exceed 10% of the Operating Day Rate during any 12
month period.
33. SIGNATURES OF THE PARTIES
IN WITNESS OF THE COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS OF THE FOREGOING THIRTY-
THREE ARTICLES OF THIS CONTRACT AND THE EXHIBITS HERETO, the parties
execute two (2) copies of this Contract, one of which shall be
retained by OPERATOR and one of which shall be retained by CONTRACTOR.
OPERATOR CONTRACTOR
HARKEN DE COLOMBIA, LTD. MARLIN COLOMBIA DRILLING
COMPANY, INC.
By: /s/ BRUCE N. HUFF By: /s/ ROBERT E. WARREN
------------------------------- --------------------------
Bruce N. Huff Robert E. Warren
Title: Sr. V.P. & Director Title: Vice President
--------------------------- -----------------------
Date: May 15, 1997 Date: May 15, 1997
---------------------------- ------------------------
20
<PAGE> 24
EXHIBIT A
MARLIN COLOMBIA DRILLING COMPANY - RIG 8
RATES OF PAYMENT
HARKEN DE COLOMBIA, LTDA.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE RATE IN U.S. $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1. Mobilization Fee
Torcaz 2 to Catalina No. 1 $ 210,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Operating Day Rate
with 3rd Pump $ 12,038 + $6,200
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Moving Rate $ 7,825 + $6,200
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Standby with Crews Rate $ 10,972 + $6,200
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Standy without Crews Rate $ 3,500 + $6,200
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Mechanical Breakdown Rate
1st 24 hrs. Per occurrence $ 12,038 + $6,200
After 24 hrs. Per occurrence $ 7,825 + $6,200
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Negligence Remedial Rate
1st 24 hrs. $ 12,038
After 24 hrs. thru 30 days $ 10,972
After 30 days $ 0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Force Majeure Rate $ 10,972
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. Demobilization Fee $ 280,000*
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. Early Termination Fee (90 Days x $3500/day) +
Term remaining in days
x $6,200/day
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. Catering and Lodging $ 12.00/meal
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. Patio Hands $ 50.00/day each
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
* Unless mobed to another client within 30 days, then 100,000.
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 5
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END> JUN-30-1997
<CASH> 109,496,000
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 2,286,000
<ALLOWANCES> (340,000)
<INVENTORY> 0
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 111,872,000
<PP&E> 97,126,000
<DEPRECIATION> (16,074,000)
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 199,914,000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 6,538,000
<BONDS> 89,300,000
0
0
<COMMON> 1,054,000
<OTHER-SE> 103,022,000
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 199,914,000
<SALES> 6,844,000
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 8,278,000
<CGS> 2,486,000
<TOTAL-COSTS> 2,486,000
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 4,830,000
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 848,000
<INCOME-PRETAX> 114,000
<INCOME-TAX> 0
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 114,000
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 114,000
<EPS-PRIMARY> 0.00
<EPS-DILUTED> 0.00
</TABLE>
